3900 Series Base Station Cables(V100R009C00_Draft C)(PDF)-En

3900 Series Base Station V100R009C00

Cables Issue

Draft C

Date

2014-03-26

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address:

Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

[email protected]

Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

3900 Series Base Station Cables

About This Document

About This Document

Overview This document describes information about the cables for the cabinets used in 3900 series base stations. It provides cable lists and illustrates the cable connections and all related cables. For the details about the RRU or AAU cables, see the related manual of RRU or AAU hardware description. The exteriors of components or cables in this document are for reference only. The actual exteriors may be different. NOTE

If LTE is used rather than LTE FDD or LTE TDD in this document, the LTE mode can be the LTE FDD mode or LTE TDD mode. If eNodeB is used rather than eNodeB FDD or eNodeB TDD in this document, the eNodeB can be an eNodeB FDD or a eNodeB TDD. For details about the LampSite solution, see LampSite Hardware Description.

Product Version The following table lists the product versions related to this document. Product Name

Product Version

BTS3900

V100R009C00

BTS3900A

The mapping single-mode base station versions are:

BTS3900L

GBTS: V100R016C00 eGBTS: V100R016C00

BTS3900AL

NodeB: V200R016C00

DBS3900

eNodeB: V100R007C00

BTS3900C

V100R009C00 The mapping single-mode base station version is: NodeB: V200R016C00



ii


About This Document

Intended Audience This document is intended for: l

System engineers

l

Base station installation engineers

l

Site maintenance personnel

Organization 1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cable Description of each version. 2 Cable List This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and BTS3900C base stations. 3 Cable Connections This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections. 4 PGND Cables PGND cables are classified into PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules. PGND cables ensure that cabinets and internal modules are properly grounded and that base stations run properly. 5 Equipotential Cables Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. Equipotential cables ensure that cabinets are equipotential and that base stations run properly. 6 Power Cables This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 7 Transmission Cables This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a cabinet. 8 Signal Cables This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 9 CPRI Cables This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. 10 RF Cables Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


iii


About This Document

This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables.

Conventions Symbol Conventions The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Symbol

Description Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss, performance deterioration, or unanticipated results. NOTICE is used to address practices not related to personal injury. Calls attention to important information, best practices and tips. NOTE is used to address information not related to personal injury, equipment damage, and environment deterioration.

General Conventions The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Convention

Description

Times New Roman

Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface

Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in boldface. For example, log in as user root.

Italic

Book titles are in italics.

Courier New

Examples of information displayed on the screen are in Courier New.

Command Conventions The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


iv


About This Document

Convention

Description

Boldface

The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic

Command arguments are in italics.

[]

Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... }

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ]

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }*

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]*

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

GUI Conventions The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Convention

Description

Boldface

Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK.

>

Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Format

Description

Key

Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2

Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt +A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2

Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means the two keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operations The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


v


About This Document

Action

Description

Click

Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer.

Double-click

Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without moving the pointer.

Drag

Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain position.



vi


Contents

Contents About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii 1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables............................................................................1 2 Cable List.........................................................................................................................................4 2.1 BTS3900 Cable List.......................................................................................................................................................5 2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List.......................................................................................................................................5 2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List.....................................................................................................................................12 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List.....................................................................................................................................19 2.2 BTS3900L Cable List...................................................................................................................................................29 2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List...................................................................................................................................29 2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List...................................................................................................................................36 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List..................................................................................................................................44 2.3 BTS3900A Cable List..................................................................................................................................................52 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List..................................................................................................................................52 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List..................................................................................................................................63 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List..................................................................................................................................75 2.3.4 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List............................................................................................................................87 2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List............................................................................................................................92 2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List................................................................................................................................................98 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List...............................................................................................................................98 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists.................................................................................................................................................110 2.6 BTS3900C Cable List.................................................................................................................................................115 2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List.............................................................................................................................115 2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List................................................................................................................................121

3 Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................129 3.1 Power Cable Connections...........................................................................................................................................130 3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections.......................................................................................................................130 3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................141 3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections....................................................................................................................146 3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................................171 3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900................................................................................................................176 3.1.6 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................214 Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


vii


Contents

3.2 Transmission Cable Connections...............................................................................................................................218 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections for a Single-Mode Base Station.........................................................................218 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station Using the Co-Transmission Function...............229 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station Using the Separate-Transmission Function ..........................................................................................................................................................................................243 3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station.........................................................................252 3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station..................................................................257 3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.......................................................................................................................258 3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections....................................................................................................259 3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................................271 3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................................277 3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections...............................................................................................303 3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900.............................................................................................310 3.3.6 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................................341 3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections.........................................................................................................................345 3.5 CPRI Cable Connections............................................................................................................................................348 3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections for a GSM Base Station..................................................................................................348 3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections for a UMTS Base Station...............................................................................................352 3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an LTE FDD and an LTE TDD Base Stations.........................................................355 3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations.................................................................................358 3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations..................................................................................364 3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations..................................................................................370 3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station......................................................................................376 3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station...............................................................................387 3.6 RF Cable Connections................................................................................................................................................390 3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description...........................................................................................................................391 3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU......................................................................................................................393 3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU......................................................................................................................394 3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU.....................................................................................................................395 3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa...................................................................................................................396 3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd...................................................................................................................397 3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe...................................................................................................................398 3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU......................................................................................................................399 3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe....................................................................................................................400 3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU...................................................................................................................401 3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd.................................................................................................................402 3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe.................................................................................................................403 3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd..................................................................................................................404 3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe..................................................................................................................405 3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration..........................................................................................406

4 PGND Cables.............................................................................................................................409 Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


viii


Contents

5 Equipotential Cables.................................................................................................................412 6 Power Cables..............................................................................................................................414 6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices...................................................................................................................415 6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables...............................................................................................................................................415 6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables..................................................................................................................................434 6.1.3 PDU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................452 6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices......................................................................................................457 6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices.......................................................................................................................466 6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable.............................................................................................................................................466 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable................................................................................................................................................467 6.2.3 CCU Power Cable...................................................................................................................................................468 6.2.4 HEUA Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................469 6.2.5 HEUB Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................470 6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................471 6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies...........................................................................................................................471 6.3.2 FAU03D-01 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................479 6.3.3 FAU03D-02 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................480 6.3.4 Power Cables for an AC Heater..............................................................................................................................481 6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film..............................................................................................................................483 6.3.6 Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door..........................................................................................................484 6.3.7 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System................................................................................................485 6.3.8 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................486 6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D........................................................................................................................486 6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T.....................................................................................................................489 6.3.11 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door...........................................................................................492 6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................493 6.4.1 EMUA/EMUB Power Cable...................................................................................................................................493 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable...................................................................................................................................................495 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................497 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................499 6.4.5 SOU Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................501 6.4.6 SPD Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................502 6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box........................................................................................................503 6.4.8 GATM Power Cable................................................................................................................................................504 6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable...........................................................................................................................................507

7 Transmission Cables.................................................................................................................508 7.1 E1/T1 Cable................................................................................................................................................................510 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable......................................................................................................................513 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable...........................................................................................................................................514 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports............................................................................................515 Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


ix


Contents

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports................................................................................................515 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable................................................................................................................................................516 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable....................................................................................................................517

8 Signal Cables..............................................................................................................................519 8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices...............................................................................................................................520 8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable......................................................................................................................520 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................521 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................521 8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................522 8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................523 8.1.6 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A.................................................................................................524 8.1.7 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B..........................................................................................................525 8.1.8 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable...................................................................................................525 8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable...................................................................................................526 8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices.......................................................................................................................527 8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable...................................................................................................................527 8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................528 8.2.3 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs........................................................................................................529 8.2.4 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.......................................................................................................................530 8.2.5 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs............................................................................................531 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs............................................................................................532 8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.........................................................................................533 8.2.8 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s...........................................................................................534 8.2.9 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................535 8.2.10 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................536 8.2.11 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................536 8.2.12 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................537 8.2.13 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................538 8.2.14 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................539 8.2.15 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................540 8.2.16 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................541 8.2.17 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................542 8.2.18 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Battery Cabinet..................................................................................................543 8.2.19 BBU Alarm Cable.................................................................................................................................................544 8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................546 8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies................................................................................546 8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................547 8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................548 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs................................................................................................549 8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................550 8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units................................................................................551 Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


x


Contents

8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units................................................................................552 8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly............................................................................................553 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for the Temperature Sensor...........................................................................................553 8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................555 8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door.........................................................................557 8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger.................................................................................................558 8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2.........................................................................................................559 8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................560 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor..............................................................................................560 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable....................................................................................................................................................563 8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and Temperature Sensor....................................................565 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................566 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................................567 8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module..............................................................................568 8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box............................................................................................569 8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box..........................................................................................569 8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable.................................................................................................................................570 8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable.................................................................................................................................571 8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable........................................................................................................................................572 8.4.12 GPS Jumper...........................................................................................................................................................572 8.4.13 Inter-BBU Signal Cables.......................................................................................................................................573 8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations......................................................................................................575 8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance....................................................................................................................576 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable...........................................................................................................................577 8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................578 8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................579 8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable...........................................................................................................580 8.4.20 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................581 8.4.21 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................582 8.4.22 RET Control Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................................583 8.4.23 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable..............................................................................................................584

9 CPRI Cables................................................................................................................................585 9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable.................................................................................................................................................586 9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable..............................................................................................................................................586

10 RF Cables...................................................................................................................................591 10.1 RF Jumpers...............................................................................................................................................................592 10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable......................................................................................................................................593



xi


1

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cable Description of each version.

Draft C (2014-03-26) This is a draft. Compared with the issues Draft B (2014-02-28), this issue is added with the following topics: l

Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

l

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

l

6.3.3 FAU03D-02 Power Cable

l

8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable

Compared with the issues Draft B (2014-02-28), this issue includes the following changes. Topic

Change Description

DCDU-12C Power Cables

Added the descriptions of the IBC10.

4 PGND Cables 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for the Temperature Sensor

Compared with the issues Draft B (2014-02-28), no topic is deleted from this issue.

Draft B (2014-02-28) This is a draft. Compared with the issues Draft A (2014-01-20), this issue does not include any new information and does not exclude any information. Compared with the issues Draft A (2014-01-20), this issue includes the following changes.



1



Topic

Change Description

About This Document

Added the description of the LampSite solution.

Darft A (2014-01-20) This is a draft. Compared with multimode base station version V100R008C00, WCDMA-NodeB V200R015C00, GSM-BTS V100R015C00, eNodeB V100R006C00, this issue is added with the following topics: l

2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

l

Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL

l

6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable

l

8.4.23 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable

Compared with multimode base station version V100R008C00, WCDMA-NodeB V200R015C00, GSM-BTS V100R015C00, eNodeB V100R006C00, this issue incorporates the following changes: Topic

Change Description

l 3.2 Transmission Cable Connections and its child topics.

Added the cable connections when BBU3910 is configured.

l 3.5 CPRI Cable Connections and its child topics. l 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List l 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List

Added the EMUB power cable and EMUB monitoring signal cable.

l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List l 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List l 6.4.1 EMUA/EMUB Power Cable l 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable The whole document

Renamed all EPC6 connectors in this document EPC4 connectors.

l 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List

Added the cables when the BTS3900 (Ver.D) and BTS3900L (Ver.D) use the IMS06.

l 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List



2



Topic

Change Description

l BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections

Added the cable connections when the BTS3900 (Ver.D) and BTS3900L (Ver.D) use the IMS06.

l BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections l BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections l BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections l 2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List

Deleted the DCDU-12B power cable.

l 2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List DCDU-11B Power Cable

Deleted scenarios where a DCDU-11B is installed in a cabinet.

DCDU-12B Power Cable

Deleted scenarios where a DCDU-12B is installed on a wall.

Compared with multimode base station version V100R008C00, WCDMA-NodeB V200R015C00, GSM-BTS V100R015C00, eNodeB V100R006C00, this issue excludes the following information: l

BusBar Power Cables

l

EPU03A-20 Power Cables



3


2 Cable List

2

Cable List

About This Chapter This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and BTS3900C base stations. 2.1 BTS3900 Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B), BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets. 2.2 BTS3900L Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets. 2.3 BTS3900A Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), and enhanced cabinets. 2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables. 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900, BBU cable list, and RRU cable list. 2.6 BTS3900C Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of cabinets.



4


2 Cable List

2.1 BTS3900 Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B), BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets.

2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable. Table 2-1 PGND cables and equipotential cable Category

Cables to be installed onsite

Cables installed before delivery

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector

Installatio n Position

Connector


PGND cable for the cabinet

OT terminal

Ground terminal on the cabinet

OT terminal

External ground bar

5 Equipotenti al Cables

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the equipotentia l cable

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the equipotential cable

PGND cable for a module

OT terminal

Ground terminal on a module

OT terminal

Ground terminal for the PGND cable in the cabinet

Power Cables The following table describes the power cables.



5


2 Cable List

Table 2-2 Power cables Category


Cable

DCDU-01 Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-0 1

Depending on the external power equipment

External power equipment

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-0 1


EPS24S481 00DC Power Cable

OT terminal

Power input terminal for the EPS24S481 00DC subrack



EPS4890 Power Cable

OT terminal

Power input terminal for the EPS4890 subrack



6.4.4 RRU Power Cables

OT terminal

One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-03B

Depending on the RRU model

Power port on an RRU

GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the GATM

Parallel terminal

SPARE1 or SPARE2 port on the DCDU-01


6


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-0 3B



l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-0 3B Cables installed before delivery

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

3V3 connector

PWR port on an RFU

Parallel terminal

One of the RFU0 to RFU5 ports on the DCDU-01

FAN Power Cables

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN

Parallel terminal

FAN port on the DCDU-01

6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU

Parallel terminal

BBU port on the DCDU-01

DCDU-01 Power Cable

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-01

OT terminal

RTN(+) and LOAD(-) terminals on the EPS24S481 00DC subrack

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-01

OT terminal

LOAD1(-) or LOAD2(-) and RTN(+) terminals on the EPS4890 subrack

For the BTS3900 +24V DC cabinet DCDU-01 Power Cable For the BTS3900 AC cabinet



7


2 Cable List

Transmission Cables The following table describes the transmission cables. Table 2-3 Transmission cables Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP

Depending on the external equipment

External transmission equipment

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector

Routing device

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

LC connector

SFP0 or SFP1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r

Routing device

l SC connecto r l LC connecto r



7.4 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT

7.5 Interconnec tion Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector


LC connector



8


2 Cable List

Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables. Table 2-4 Signal cables Category



Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMU

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

8.2.19 BBU Alarm Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector

External alarm device

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU

Type N female connector

GPS surge protector

RET Control Signal Cable

SMA elbow male connector

ANT0 to ANT5 ports on the GATM

SMA straight male connector

DC/OOK port on the DIN BiasTee

GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM1 port on the GATM

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or MON0 port on the UEIU

FMUCGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level FAN

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenanc e

USB connector

USB(1) port on the UMPT in the BBU

Network connector

Network cable


9


Category



2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU 01B

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU

8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24 S48D) InPosition Signal Cable

Cord end terminal

ALM terminal on the EPS24S481 00DC subrack

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM0 port on the UPEU

8.1.8 PSU (EPW25-24 S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

PRESENT port on the EPS24S481 00DC subrack

RJ45 connector

EXT-ALM1 port on the UPEU

8.2.15 FMUCBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAN

RJ45 connector


8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level FAN

RJ45 connector


8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

NOTE The upperlevel FAN communicat es with the BBU directly.

ELU


NOTE The lowerlevel FAN communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN.

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN

10


2 Cable List

NOTE

a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring and exporting information of the base station.

CPRI Electrical Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables. Table 2-5 CPRI electrical cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


SFP20 male connector

CPRI port on the GTMU, UBRI, WBBP, or LBBP


CPRI port on an RFU


9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable


If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900 cabinets must be installed onsite.

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables.



11


2 Cable List

Table 2-6 RF cables Category


Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DIN elbow male connector

ANT_TX/ RXA or ANT_RXB port on an RFU

DIN straight male connector

l Feeder of the antenna system (no GATM configure d) l ANT port on the Bias-Tee (GATM configure d)


10.2 InterRFU RF Signal Cable

QMA elbow male connector

RX OUTA port on an RFU


RX INB port on another RFU

2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable. Table 2-7 PGND cables and equipotential cable Category



Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal


OT terminal

External ground bar


12


Category


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


5 Equipotenti al Cables

OT terminal


OT terminal



OT terminal


OT terminal


Power Cables The following table describes the power cables. Table 2-8 Power cables Category


Cable

DCDU-11A Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU





l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU ETP48150A3 Power Cable


OT terminal

Power input terminal for the ETP48150A3 subrack


13


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)




GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector



LOAD8 or LOAD9 port on the DCDU-11A


OT terminal







3V3 connector

PWR port on the RFU


One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11A

FAN 03B Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN 03B


LOAD6 port on the DCDU-11A


3V3 connector





14


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

ETP48150A3 Power Cable

One End Connector


Connector


OT terminal

RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-11A

OT terminal

RTN(+) power output terminal for the ETP48150A3 subrack

OT terminal

NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-11A

OT terminal

NEG(-) power output terminal for the ETP48150A3 subrack

(Black)

ETP48150A3 Power Cable

The Other End

(Blue)




Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector





RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector



15


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


LC connector

SFP0 or SFP1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r





RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


LC connector


Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables. Table 2-10 Signal cables Category



Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector



16


Category


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



SMA male connector



GPS surge protector







RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port on the UPEU

FMUEGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lowerlevel FAN 03B

8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03B

RJ45 connector



USB connector

NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU directly.



NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03B.

Network connector

Network cable

17


2 Cable List

Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the left side of the PMU 01B

RJ45 connector


8.2.16 FMUEBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03B

RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

NOTE If no BBU is installed in the cabinet, bind the cable on the right side of the cabinet.

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03B

NOTE





Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



CPRI port on the GTMU, WBBP, or LBBP


CPRI port on an RFU


18


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End Connector


The Other End Installatio n Position

Connector



RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables. Table 2-12 RF cables Category


Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector












2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


19


2 Cable List

Table 2-13 PGND cables and equipotential cable Category


Cable

4 PGND Cables

One End Connector


Connector


OT terminal


OT terminal

External ground bar

OT terminal


OT terminal


OT terminal


OT terminal


For the cabinet 5 Equipotenti al Cables Between the cabinets


4 PGND Cables For a module

The Other End

Power Cables The following table describes the power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900.



20


2 Cable List

Table 2-14 Power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900 Category


Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A

OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the RFC2 terminal for the EPU05A -02 subrack

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A

EPU05A-02 Power Cable


OT terminal

AC input terminal for the EPU05A-02 subrack


l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the RFC2 terminal for the EPU05A -02 subrack Depending on the external power equipment


21


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the RFC1 for the EPU05A -02 subrack

l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 2B



l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the RFC1 for the EPU05A -02 subrack

GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector


Parallel terminal



EPC5 connector




EPC4 connector





3V3 connector

PWR port on an RFU

EPC4 connector


FAN 03C Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN 03C

EPC4 connector



22


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


3V3 connector


EPC4 connector


The following table describes the power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900. Table 2-15 Power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900 Category


Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A



l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 2A 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables

GATM Power Cable


EPC5 connector




EPC4 connector




3V3 connector


Parallel terminal



23


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal





4 PGND Cables

OT terminal


OT terminal



3V3 connector

PWR port on an RFU

EPC4 connector


FAN 03C Power Cable

3V3 connector


EPC4 connector



3V3 connector


EPC4 connector


For a module

Transmission Cables The following table describes the transmission cables.



24


2 Cable List

Table 2-16 Transmission cables Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector





RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector



LC connector

SFP0 or SFP1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r





RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


LC connector


Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables.



25


2 Cable List

Table 2-17 Signal cables Category



Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



SMA male connector



GPS surge protector







RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector


CMUEAGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lowerlevel FAN 03C

8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03C

RJ45 connector


NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU directly.


NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03C.

26


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

8.4.13 InterBBU Signal Cables



One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DLC connector

One of the M0 to M4 ports on the UCIU in the BBU

DLC connector

l CI port on the UMPT in the BBU l S0 port on the UCIU in the BBU

8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations

DB15 male connector

GCK port on the UCIU in the BBU

MD36 male connector

CKB1 or CKB2 port on the DCTB


USB connector


Network connector

Network cable

8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the left side of the PMU 11A

RJ45 connector


8.2.17 FMUEABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03C

RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

NOTE If no BBU is installed in the cabinet, bind the cable on the right side of the cabinet.

ELU


RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03C

27


2 Cable List

NOTE



Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector





CPRI port on an RFU








28


2 Cable List



Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector












2.2 BTS3900L Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.

2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables The following table describes the PGND cables.



29


2 Cable List

Table 2-20 PGND cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector




OT terminal (M8)


OT terminal (M8)

External ground bar



OT terminal (M4)


OT terminal (M4)




Cable

DCDU-01 Power Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal (M6)

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-0 1





l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-0 1 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables (optional)


OT terminal (M4)



30


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


6.4.8 GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector


Parallel terminal

SPARE1 or SPARE2 port on the DCDU-01

DCDU-03B Power Cable (optional)

OT terminal (M6)






3V3 connector

PWR port on the RFU

Parallel terminal

One of the RFU0 to RFU5 ports on the DCDU-01

FAN Power Cables

3V3 connector

-48V port on the fan assembly

Parallel terminal

FAN port on the DCDU-01


3V3 connector

PWR port on the UPEU

Parallel terminal

BBU port on the DCDU-01

Transmission Cables The following table shows the transmission cables.



31


2 Cable List

Table 2-22 Transmission cables Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

Depending on the external transmission equipment



RJ45 connector

FE or FE/GE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, LMPT, or UTRP

RJ45 connector



LC connector

l FE or FE/ GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP

l FC connecto r


l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT Cables installed before delivery




RJ45 connector

FE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT

RJ45 connector



LC connector

FE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT

LC connector



32


2 Cable List

Signal Cables The following table describes signal cables. Table 2-23 Signal cables Category



Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector


Inter-BBU Signal Cables

DLC connector

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT


SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU, LMPT, or UMPT


GPS surge protector

8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level fan assembly

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the lowerlevel fan assembly



HEI port on the WBBPf


NOTE The upperlevel fan assembly communicat es with the BBU directly.



NOTE The lowerlevel fan assembly communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level fan assembly.



33


2 Cable List

Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU or MON0 port on the UEIU

FMUCGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



USB connector


Network connector

Network cable


DB15 male connector


MD36 or DB15 male connector

DGLUb port on the DCTB in the 3012 series base station

8.2.15 FMUCBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN

RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN

NOTE


CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.



34


2 Cable List

Table 2-24 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



CPRI electrical cables(1)


CPRI ports on the GTMU, WBBP, LBBP, UBRI, or UBBP


CPRI0 or CPRI1 port on the RFU

Cables to be installed on site

CPRI fiber optic cable (optional)

DLC connector


DLC connector

CPRI port on the RRU

NOTE

(1) If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900L cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900 cabinets must be installed onsite.




35


2 Cable List



Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector









RX OUT port on the RFU


RX IN port on another RFU

2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables The following table describes the PGND cables. Table 2-26 PGND cables Category

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r

Installation Position

Connector




OT terminal (M8)


OT terminal (M8)

External ground bar



OT terminal (M4)


OT terminal (M4)




36


2 Cable List



Cable


One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


OT terminal

Global:





l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A UK: l Blue wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A l Gray wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1A

6.4.4 RRU Power Cables (optional)





37


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


6.4.8 GATM Power Cable

3V3 connector


Parallel terminal



OT terminal

Global:



l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B l Blue wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B UK: l Blue wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B l Gray wire: NEG(-) terminal on the DCDU-1 1B




3V3 connector

PWR port on the RFU

Parallel terminal


FAN 03B Power Cable

3V3 connector

-48V port on the FAN 03B

Parallel terminal



38


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


3V3 connector


Parallel terminal


Transmission Cables The following table shows the transmission cables. Table 2-28 Transmission cables Category



Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector





RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



39


Category

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


LC connector


l FC connecto r





RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


LC connector


Signal Cables The following table describes signal cables.



40


2 Cable List




Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



DLC connector

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT


SMA male connector



GPS surge protector

8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03B

RJ45 connector








RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector




NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU directly.


NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03B communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03B.

41


2 Cable List

Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


FMUEGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



USB connector


Network connector

Network cable


DB15 male connector




8.2.16 FMUEBBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03B

RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03B

NOTE


CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.



42


2 Cable List


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector










DLC connector


DLC connector


NOTE





43


2 Cable List



Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector












2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List The BTS3900L cables are classified into PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI electrical cables, signal cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cables and Equipotential Cables The following table lists the PGND cables and equipotential cables. Table 2-32 PGND cables and equipotential Cables Item



Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal (M8)


OT terminal (M8)

External ground bar


44


Item


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


5 Equipotenti al Cables (between the BTS3900L cabinet and IMS06)

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotentia l cable on the cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotential cable on the subrack

5 Equipotenti al Cables (between the IMS06 and door of the subrack)

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotentia l cable on the subrack

OT terminal (M6)

Wiring terminal for the equipotential cable on the door of the subrack


OT terminal (M4)


OT terminal (M4)


Power Cables The following table describes the power cables. Table 2-33 Power cables Item



Cable

EPU05A-02 Power Cable (AC scenario)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connector


OT termina l (M6)

Port AC INPUT on the EPU05A-02 in the IMS06




45


Item

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connector


OT termina l (M6)

Global:

l Dependi ng on the external power equipme nt in DC scenario s

l External equipme nt in DC scenario s

l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-12A l Blue wire: NEG (-) terminal on the DCDU-12A U.K. l Blue wire: RTN (+) terminal on the DCDU-12A l Gray wire: NEG (-) terminal on the DCDU-12A


OT termina l (M6)

Global: l Black wire: RTN(+) terminal on the DCDU-12B

l OT terminal (M6) in AC scenario s

l RTN(+) and NEG (-) terminal s near RFC_1 and RFC_2 on the EPU05A -02 in AC scenario s



EPC4 connector


l Blue wire: NEG (-) terminal on the DCDU-12B U.K l Blue wire: RTN (+) terminal on the DCDU-12B l Gray wire: NEG (-) terminal on the DCDU-12B 6.4.8 GATM 3V3 Power connect Cable or




46


Item

2 Cable List

Cable

6.4.4 RRU Power Cables (optional)

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connector


EPC4 or EPC5 connect or

l EPC4 connector: one of the LOAD6 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12B


PWR port on the RRU

l EPC5 connector: one of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12B Cables installed before delivery


3V3 connect or

PWR port on an RFU

EPC4 connector


FAN 03C Power Cable

3V3 connect or


EPC4 connector



3V3 connect or


EPC4 connector





Cable

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


DB26 male connector





47


Category

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


l FC connecto r





RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


LC connector


Signal Cables The following table describes signal cables.



48


2 Cable List




Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



DLC connector

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT


SMA male connector



GPS surge protector

8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units

RJ45 connector

COM OUT port on the upper-level FAN 03C

RJ45 connector







8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable (DC scenario)

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector




NOTE The upperlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU directly.


NOTE The lowerlevel FAN 03C communicat es with the BBU through the upper-level FAN 03C.

49


2 Cable List

Category


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


CMUEAGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



USB connector


Ethernet connector

Ethernet cable


DB15 male connector




PMU 11ABBU Monitoring Signal Cable (AC scenario)

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU 11A in the EPU05A-02 in the IMS06

RJ45 connector


8.2.17 FMUEABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM IN port on the FAN 03C

RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

SENSOR port on the FAN 03C

NOTE


CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


50


2 Cable List


Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector










DLC connector


DLC connector


NOTE





51


2 Cable List



Cable

10.1 RF Jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector












2.3 BTS3900A Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), and enhanced cabinets.

2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List The BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND Cable and Equipotential Cable The following table lists the PGND cable and equipotential cable.



52


2 Cable List

Table 2-38 PGND cable and equipotential cable Class ificat ion

Cable

Cable s to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


PGND cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in a cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Ground busbar outside the cabinet

Equipotential cable

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the upper cabinet(1)

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the lower cabinet(1)

Ground bar in a TMC11H, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T

Ground bar in an RFC

NOTE

(1) If an APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on an RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D, IBBS200T, or TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.

Power Cables The following table lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-39 Power cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable

OT termina l (M6)

AC INPUT terminal on the EPS in an APM30H

Depend ing on the externa l power equipm ent


DCDU-01power cable (in DC scenarios)

Depend ing on the external power equipm ent


OT termina l (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-01in an RFC



53


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


DCDU-03C power cable (in AC scenarios)

Toolless female connect or (pressfi t type)

TMC port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-03C in a TMC11H

Power cable for a power distribution box

Power series 120con nector (gray)

BAT port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Power cable for the fan in an IBBS200D


LOAD3 port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/ TEC_CON_BOLT silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D

TEC power cable


LOAD2 or LOAD3 port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/ TEC_CON_BOLT silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200T

Power cable for a heating film

OT termina l (M4)

L1 and N1 terminals or L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals in the junction terminals for the input power cable for the heating film in an IBBS200D

Power cable for an AC junction box (in AC scenarios)

OT termina l (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H



54


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


6.4.1 EMUA/ EMUB Power Cable (in an APM30H)



Cord end termina l

PWR1 port on the EMUA or PWR port on the EMUB in an APM30H or TMC11H

6.4.1 EMUA/ EMUB Power Cable (in a TMC11H)


LOAD8 port on the DCDU-03C in a TMC11H

6.4.8 GATM Power Cable (in an APM30H)

Parallel termina l


3V3 connect or

l GATM0(1): SPARE1 port on the DCDU-01 in the RFC l GATM1(2): BBU port on the DCDU-01 in the RFC

6.4.8 GATM Power Cable (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)


3V3 connect or

l GATM0: LOAD8 port on the DCDU-03C in the TMC11H l GATM1: LOAD7 port on the DCDU-03C in the TMC11H

NOTE

(1) and (2): When two GATM boards need to be configured, install them below the BBU. GATM0 is the upper GATM and GATM1 is the lower GATM.

The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-40 Power cables installed before delivery Cable

One End

DCDU-03C power cable (in DC scenarios) Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor


Parallel termina l

SPARE2 terminal on the DCDU-01in an RFC

OT terminal (M6)



55


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor


DCDU-01power cable (in AC scenarios)

Power series 120con nector (blue)

RFC1 port on the EPS in an APM30H

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-01in an RFC

BBU power cable (in an APM30H)



3V3 connecto r

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

BBU power cable (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l


3V3 connecto r

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in a TMC11H

FAN 02A power cable (in an APM30H)



3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

FAN 02A power cable (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)


3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02A in a TMC11H

RFU power cables

Parallel termina l

RFU0 to RFU5 ports on the DCDU-01in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR ports on RFU 0to RFU 5in an RFC

FAN 01A power cable

Parallel termina l

FAN terminal on the DCDU-01in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 01A in an RFC

Power cable for an AC heater (in an APM30H)

OT termina l (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H

C13 connecto r

Power input port on the AC heater in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC heater (in a TMC11H)

OT termina l (M4)

L0, N0, and PE terminals on the AC junction box in a TMC11H

C13 connecto r

Power input port on the AC heater in a TMC11H



56


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor


SOU power cable

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw near the AC OUTPUT terminal and L2 and N2 terminals on the EPS in an APM30H

C13 connecto r

AC INPUT port on the SOU in an APM30H

Power cable for an AC junction box (in an APM30H)

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw near the AC OUTPUT terminal and L1 and N1 terminals on the EPS in an APM30H

OT terminal

L and N terminals on the AC junction box and the ground bar in an APM30H

Transmission Cables The following table lists transmission cables. Table 2-41 Transmission cables Classi ficati on

Cable

Cables to be install ed on site


One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


E1/T1 cable

DB26 male connecto r

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in the SLPU

Dependin g on the external power equipment


FE/GE Ethernet cable

RJ45 connecto r

FE/GE electrical port near the OUTSIDE port on the UFLP in an SLPU

RJ45 connector



57


Classi ficati on

2 Cable List

Cable

FE/GE fiber optic cable

One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


LC connecto r

l FE/GE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connec tor


l FE/GE optical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU Cables install ed before deliver y

l SC connec tor l LC connec tor

E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable

DB25 connecto r

INSIDE port on the UELP in the SLPU

DB26 connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

RJ45 connecto r

l FE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector

FE electrical port near the INSIDE port on the UFLP in an SLPU

l FE electrical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU


Interconne ction cable between FE/GE electrical ports

RJ45 connecto r

FE electrical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector


Interconne ction cable between FE/GE optical ports

LC connecto r

FE optical port on the GTMU, WMPT, UMPT, or LMPT in the BBU

LC connector



58


2 Cable List

Signal Cables The following table lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-42 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CMUA

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level CMUA

Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level fan assembly

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level fan assembly

Monitoring signal cable for the battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

RJ45 connector

COM_485port on the PMU in an APM30H

GPS clock signal cable

SMA male connector

GPS port on the USCU in the BBU


GPS surge protector

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in an APM30H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485port on the EMUB in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the PMU in an APM30H

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable (in a TMC11H)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA or COM_485port on the EMUB in a TMC11H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02A in a TMC11H

BBU alarm cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in the BBU

RJ45 connector




59


2 Cable List

8.4.22 RET Control Signal Cable




DC/OOK port on the Bias-Tee

8.4.19 CMUEAGATM Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on FAN02A in the APM30H or COM_IN port on FAN01A in the RFC


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

MON0 or MON1 port on the BBU in the APM30H

Adapter used for local maintenance

USB connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable

Cable between two combined base stations

DB15 male connector



DGLUb port on the DCTB

NOTE


The following table lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-43 Signal cables installed before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connec tor


Connect or


Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor (in an RFC)

4-pin connecto r

TEM port on the FAN 01A in an RFC

Temperat ure sensor

Air intake vent at the bottom of the RFC

CMUA-BBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the FAN 01A in an RFC

RJ45 connector

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H



60


Cable

2 Cable List

One End Connec tor

The Other End Installation Position

Connect or

COM_IN port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

Installation Position MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in an APM30H

HPMI-PMU monitoring signal cable


COM port on the PMU in an APM30H

DB50 male connector

PMU_DB50 port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

PMU-CMUA monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the PMU in an APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

ELU signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

RJ45 port on the ELU in each cabinet

RJ45 connector

l ELU port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H or TMC11H l ELU port on the FAN 01A in an RFC l ELU port on the CMUA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in an APM30H)

2-pin connecto r

GATE port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in a TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T)

Bare wire

l GATE port on the FAN 02A in a TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in the front door

4-pin connecto r

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02A in an APM30H


l GATE port on the FAN 01A in an RFC l GATE port on the CMUA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T DC junction box in the front door of an APM30H


61


2 Cable List

CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. Table 2-44 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Class ificat ion

Cable

Cable s install ed before delive ry


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU in the BBU


CPRI0 or CPRI1 ports on RFU 0to RFU 5

DLC connector

l CPRI_W port on the RRU

l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports or CPRI0 to CPRI2 ports on the WBBP in the BBU l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the LBBP in the BBU

Cable s to be install ed on site

CPRI fiber optic cable

DLC connector

l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the GTMU in the BBU l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports or CPRI0 to CPRI2 ports on the WBBP in the BBU

l CPRI_0por t on the RRU

l CPRI0 to CPRI5 ports on the LBBP in the BBU



62


2 Cable List

NOTE

(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables have also been installed in the APM30H+RFC or TMC11H+RFC cabinet combination. CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite in the following cases: l

In initial configuration, less than six RFUs are installed in the RFC before delivery. When RFUs are added for capacity expansion, CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite.

l

When an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables. Table 2-45 RF cables Categ ory

Cable

Cables to be install ed onsite Cables install ed before deliver y

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


10.1 RF Jumpers


Antenna feeder


ANT_TX/RXA and ANT_RXB ports on the RFU



RX_OUTA port on the RFU


RX_INB port on an RFU

2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List The BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.




63


2 Cable List


Cable

Cable s to be install ed onsite

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


PGND cable

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)


Equipotential cable

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)




NOTE



One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


EPU03A-02or EPU03A-04pow er cable

OT termina l (M6)

AC INPUT terminal on the EPU in an APM30H





TMC port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M6)




64


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


Power series 175con nector (gray)

Power series 175connector (gray) of the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Power cable for OT the DC junction termina box in an RFC l (M6) (in DC scenarios)

RTN(+) and NEG (-) terminals on the DC junction box in an RFC





LOAD3 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/TEC silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D

TEC power cable


LOAD2 or LOAD3 port on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M4)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the FAN/TEC silkscreen on the power distribution box in an IBBS200T


OT termina l (M4)


OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals in the junction terminals for the input power cable for the heating film in an IBBS200D

Power cable for an AC junction box (in AC scenarios)

OT termina l (M4)


OT termina l (M4)





65


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor





Cord end termina l








3V3 connect or

l GATM0(1): LOAD7 port on the DCDU-11A in the RFC




l GATM1(2): BBU_1 port on the EPU03A-02/04 in the APM30H 3V3 connect or


NOTE

(1) and (2): When two GATM boards need to be configured, install them below the BBU. GATM0 is the upper GATM and GATM1 is the lower GATM.

The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery.



66


2 Cable List

Table 2-48 Power cables installed before delivery Cable

One End Conne ctor


Connec tor


Power cable for OT the DC junction termina box in an RFC l (M6) (in AC scenarios)

Power series 120connector (blue) of the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DC junction box in an RFC

DCDU-11A power cable

OT termina l (M6)


OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-11A in an RFC

DCDU-11C power cable (in DC scenarios)

OT termina l


OT terminal




BBU_0or BBU_1port on the EPU in an APM30H

3V3 connecto r




LOAD6 or LOAD7 port on the DCDU-11C in a TMC11H

FAN 02B power cable (in an APM30H)



3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

FAN 02B power cable (in a TMC11H)



3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02B in a TMC11H




67


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor


RFU power cables


LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11A in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR ports on RFU 0to RFU 5in an RFC

FAN 01B power cable


LOAD6 port on the DCDU-11A in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 01B in an RFC


OT termina l (M4)


C13 connecto r



OT termina l (M4)


C13 connecto r


SOU power cable

OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw near the AC OUTPUT terminal and L2 and N2 terminals on the EPU in an APM30H

C13 connecto r



OT termina l (M4)

M4 ground screw near the AC OUTPUT terminal and L1 and N1 terminals on the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal

L and N terminals on the AC junction box and the ground bar in an APM30H

Transmission Cables The following table lists transmission cables.



68


2 Cable List

Table 2-49 Transmission cables Classi ficati on

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


E1/T1 cable






RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector



LC connecto r


l FC connec tor





DB25 connecto r


DB26 connector



RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector


l FE electrical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU



69


Classi ficati on

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


Interconne ction cable between FE/GE electrical ports

RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector



LC connecto r


LC connector



One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CMUE

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level CMUE


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUE in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

RJ45 connector

COM_485port on the PMU in an APM30H


SMA male connector



GPS surge protector



70


Cable

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector



DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02B in a TMC11H

BBU alarm cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in the BBU

RJ45 connector








RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on FAN02B in the APM30H or COM_IN port on FAN01B in the RFC


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



USB connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable


DB15 male connector






71


2 Cable List

NOTE


The following table lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-51 Signal cables installed before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connec tor


Connect or



4-pin connecto r

TEM port on the FAN 01B in an RFC

Temperat ure sensor

Air intake vent at the bottom of the RFC

CMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the FAN 01B in an RFC

RJ45 connector


COM_IN port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H


HPMI-PMU monitoring signal cable


COM port on the PMU in an APM30H

DB50 male connector

PMU_DB50 port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

PMU-CMUE monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

ELU signal cable

RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector

l ELU port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H or TMC11H l ELU port on the FAN 01B in an RFC l ELU port on the CMUE in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in an APM30H) Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)

2-pin connecto r

GATE port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

Bare wire


Door status sensor

72


Cable

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connec tor


Connect or


Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in a TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, or IBBS200T)

Bare wire

l GATE port on the FAN 02B in a TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor


4-pin connecto r

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02B in an APM30H

l GATE port on the FAN 01B in an RFC l GATE port on the CMUE in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T DC junction box in the front door of an APM30H

CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.



73


2 Cable List

Table 2-52 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Class ificat ion

Cable



One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector






DLC connector





DLC connector






74


2 Cable List

NOTE



l



Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


10.1 RF Jumpers


Antenna feeder








2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List The BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.




75


2 Cable List


Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


PGND cable

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)


Equipotential cable

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)




NOTE



One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


EPU05A-02or EPU05A-04pow er cable

OT termina l (M6)

AC INPUT port on the EPU in an APM30H



DCDU-12B power cable

OT termina ls

RTN(+) and NEG (-) terminals on the DCDU-12B in an RFC





76


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor



EPC4 connect or


OT termina l (M6)



OT termina l (M8)

BAT terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

OT termina l (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in a battery cabinet(1)

Power cable for OT the DC junction termina box in an RFC l (M6) (in DC scenarios)

DC junction box in an RFC




EPC4 connect or


EPC4 connect or

FAN/TEC and INPUT ports on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D

TEC power cable

EPC4 connect or


EPC4 connect ors

FAN/TEC and INPUT ports on the power distribution box in an IBBS200D


OT termina l (M4)


OT termina l (M4)

L and N terminals on the junction terminal for the heating film power cable in an IBBS200D

Power cables for the AC junction box (in a TMC11H)

OT termina ls (M4)


OT termina ls (M4)


Power cable for the temperature control system

EPC4 connect or


EPC4 connect or

DC INPUT port on the power distribution box in an IBBS700D/IBBS700T

Power cables for the AC junction box (in an IBBS700D/ IBBS700T)

OT termina ls (M4)


OT termina ls (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box for the heating film in an IBBS700D or IBBS700T



77


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Conne ctor


Storage battery power cable

OT termina ls (M8)

BAT(+) and BAT (-) terminals on the power distribution box in a battery cabinet

OT termina ls (M6)

Positive and negative poles of storage batteries in a battery cabinet


EPC4 connect or


Cord end termina l



EPC4 connect or



EPC4 connect or


3V3 connect or

l GATM0(2): LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12A in the RFC l GATM1(3): LOAD5 or LOAD6 port on the EPU05A-02/04 in the APM30H


EPC4 connect or


3V3 connect or


NOTE

(1) Battery cabinet: IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T (2) and (3): When two GATM boards need to be configured, install them below the BBU. GATM0 is the upper GATM and GATM1 is the lower GATM.

The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery.



78


2 Cable List

Table 2-56 Power cables installed before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor


OT termina l (M6)


OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in an TMC11H

Power cable for OT the DC junction termina box in an RFC l (M6) (in AC scenarios)

RFC1 or RFC2 terminal on the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal (M6)


DCDU-12A power cable

OT termina l (M6)


OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12A in an RFC


EPC4 connect or

LOAD0 or LOAD1 port on the EPU in an APM30H

3V3 connecto r



EPC4 connect or

LOAD6 or LOAD7 port on the DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

FAN 02D power cable (in an APM30H)

EPC4 connect or


3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H

FAN 02D power cable (in a TMC11H)

EPC4 connect or


3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 02D in a TMC11H

RFU power cables

EPC4 connect or

LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-12A in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR ports on the RFU 0to RFU 5in an RFC

FAN 01C power cable

EPC4 connect or

LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12A in an RFC

3V3 connecto r

PWR port on the FAN 01C in an RFC


OT termina ls (M4)


C13 connecto r


DCDU-12C Power Cable (in DC scenarios)




79


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Conne ctor


Connec tor



OT termina l (M4)


C13 connecto r


SOU power cable

OT termina ls (M4)

M4 ground screw and L2 and N2 ports near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

C13 connecto r



OT termina ls (M4)

M4 ground screw and L1 and N1 ports near the AC OUTPUT silkscreen on the left side of the EPU in an APM30H

OT terminal s

L and N terminals on the AC junction box in an APM30H and the cabinet ground bar

CMUEA power cable

3V3 connect ors

PWR port on the CMUEA in an IBBS700D

Bare wire

FAN/TEC port on the power distribution box in an IBBS700D

CMUF power cable

3V3 connect ors

PWR port on the CMUF in an IBBS700T

Bare wire

FAN/TEC port on the power distribution box in an IBBS700D

Transmission Cables The following table lists transmission cables. Table 2-57 Transmission cables Classi ficati on

Cable


E1/T1 cable


One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r







80


Classi ficati on

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r



RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector



LC connecto r


l FC connec tor





DB25 connecto r


DB26 connector



RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector


l FE electrical port on the LMPT or UMPT in the BBU Interconne ction cable between FE/GE electrical ports


RJ45 connecto r



81


Classi ficati on

2 Cable List

Cable

One End


The Other End

Connect or


Connecto r


LC connecto r


LC connector



One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the upper-level CMUEA

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lower-level CMUEA


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the battery cabinet

RJ45 connector

COM_485port on the PMU in the APM30H


SMA male connector



GPS surge protector


DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector




82


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB9 male connector


RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02D in a TMC11H

BBU alarm cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UEIU in the BBU

RJ45 connector








RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on FAN02D in the APM30H or COM_IN port on FAN01C in the RFC


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



USB connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable


DB15 male connector




NOTE


The following table lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery.



83


2 Cable List

Table 2-59 Signal cables installed before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connec tor


Connect or



4-pin connecto r

TEM port on the FAN 01C in an RFC

Temperat ure sensor

Air intake vent at the bottom of an RFC

CMUEABBU monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

COM_IN port on the FAN 01C in an RFC

RJ45 connector


PMUCMUEA monitoring signal cable

RJ45 connecto r


RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H

ELU signal cable

RJ45 connecto r

l In the APM30H or TMC11H: ELU port on the FAN 02D

RJ45 connector


COM_IN port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H


l In the RFC: ELU port on the FAN 01C l In the IBBS200D or IBBS200T: ELU port on the CMUEA l In the IBBS700D: ELU port on the CMUEA l In the IBBS700T: ELU port on the CMUF



84


Cable

2 Cable List

One End

The Other End

Connec tor


Connect or


Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in an APM30H)

2-pin connecto r

GATE port on the PMU in an APM30H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (in a TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T)

Bare wire

l In the TMC11H: GATE port on the FAN 02D

Bare wire

Door status sensor

4-pin connector

FAN_EXT port on the FAN 02D in an APM30H

l In the RFC: GATE port on the FAN 01C l In the IBBS200D or IBBS200T: GATE port on the CMUEA l In the IBBS700D: GATE port on the CMUEA l In the IBBS700T: GATE port on the CMUF


Intercon nection terminal

Fan power cable routed out of the front door of an APM30H

CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.



85


2 Cable List

Table 2-60 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables Class ificat ion

Cable



One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector






DLC connector





DLC connector






86


2 Cable List

NOTE



l



Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


10.1 RF Jumpers


Antenna feeder








2.3.4 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, and signal cables.

Power Cables and PGND Cables NOTE

Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A (Ver.A) GSM Hardware Description (with a Heat Exchanger).

The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade.



87


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

Equipotential Cable for the Front Door

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Ground point on an inner wall of the APM30H

OT terminal

l Front door of the APM30H l Front door of the TMC11H

l Ground point on an inner wall of the TMC11H Input Power Cables for the APM30H

OT terminal

AC INPUT terminal on the EPU in the APM30H



Input Power Cable for the TMC11H (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 port on the EPU in the APM30H

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

Input Power Cable for the TMC11H (in DC Scenarios)



OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

Input Power Cable for the RFC (in AC Scenarios)

OT terminal

RFC1 terminal on the EPU in the APM30H

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

Input Power Cable for the RFC (in DC Scenarios)

OT terminal




RFU Power Cables

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

3V3 connector

PWR port on any of RFU0 to RFU2 in the RFC



88


2 Cable List

Cable

One End Connector


Connector

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC Power cables between cascaded DCDU-13As

OT terminal

l NEG(-) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

Installation Position PWR port on any of RFU3 to RFU5 in the RFC

OT terminal

l RTN(+) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

l NEG(-) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC l RTN(+) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

Power Cables for the Battery Cabinet

OT terminal

BAT terminal on the EPU in the APM30H

OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the BAT silkscreen on the power distribution box in the IBBS200T

TEC Power Cable

EPC4 connector


EPC4 connector

FAN/ TEC_INPUT port on the power distribution box in the IBBS200T

BBU Power Cable (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 and LOAD1 ports on the EPU in the APM30H

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H or TMC11H

BBU Power Cable (in DC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 and LOAD7 ports on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the TMC11H



89


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

CMUEA Power Cable

EMUA Power Cable (Optional)

The Other End

Connector


Connector


EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

PWR port on the CMUEA in the APM30H

EPC4 connector

LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

PWR port on the CMUEA in the TMC11H

LOAD3 port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

PWR port on the CMUEA in the RFC


Cord end terminal

PWR1 terminal on the EMUA

LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H

Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

One End

CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

The Other End

Connector


Connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the APM30H

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the RFC Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the APM30H


Bare wire

Door status sensor

MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30H 2-pin connector


GATE port on the PMU in the APM30H

90


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS200T

OT terminal

Signal cable transfer terminal in the IBBS200T

RJ45 connector

COM_485 port on the CMUEA or PMU

ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

ELU port on the CMUEA

RJ45 connector

ELU

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

Bare wire

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the TMC11H

Bare wire

Door status sensor

4-pin connector

l FAN_EXT port on the fan assembly in the APM30H

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the RFC Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door

Interconnection terminal

l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the APM30H l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the TMC11H

Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

Bare wire

l DC_SPD port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

l FAN_EXT port on the fan assembly in the TMC11H Bare wire

l IN1 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

l DC_SPD port on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor


4-pin connector

TEMP1 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

l IN0 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

5-pin connector


Port on the environmental temperature sensor in the RFC

91


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the CMUEA

Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lowerlevel CMUEA

EMUA Monitoring Signal Cable (Optional)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA in the APM30H

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the PMU in the APM30H

RS485 port on the EMUA in the TMC11H

COM_OUT port on the CMUEA in the TMC11H

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade. NOTE

l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors. l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the upgrade.

Cable

RF jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



Antenna feeder


ANT_RXA and ANT_RXB ports on RFUs

2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, and signal cables.



92


2 Cable List

NOTE

Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A GSM Hardware Description (with Breathable Film).

Power Cables and PGND Cables The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

Equipotential Cable for the Front Door

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

l Ground point on an inner wall of the APM30

OT terminal

l Front door of the APM30 l Front door of the TMC

l Ground point on an inner wall of the TMC Input Power Cables for the APM30

OT terminal

AC INPUT terminal on the EPU in the APM30



Input Power Cable for the TMC (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD7 port on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

Input Power Cable for the TMC (in DC Scenarios)



OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

Input Power Cable for the RFC (in AC Scenarios)

OT terminal

RFC1 terminal on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal


Input Power Cable for the RFC (in DC Scenarios)

OT terminal






93


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

RFU Power Cables

The Other End

Connector


Connector


EPC4 connector

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

3V3 connector

PWR port on any of RFU0 to RFU2 in the RFC

LOAD0 to LOAD2 ports on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC Power Cables Between Cascaded DCDU-13As

OT terminal

l NEG(-) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

PWR port on any of RFU3 to RFU5 in the RFC OT terminal

l RTN(+) terminal on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

l NEG(-) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC l RTN(+) terminal on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC

Storage Battery Power Cable

OT terminal

BAT terminal on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal

Wiring copper bar for the positive and negative poles of storage batteries

BBU Power Cable (in AC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD0 and LOAD1 ports on the EPU in the APM30

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30 or TMC

BBU Power Cable (in DC Scenarios)

EPC4 connector

LOAD6 and LOAD7 ports on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

3V3 connector

-48V port on the UPEU in the BBU in the TMC

Input Power Cable for the Heater

OT terminal

8-pin transfer terminal on the EPU in the APM30

Cord end terminal

Transfer terminal on the heater



94


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Power Cable for the Heating Film

OT terminal

8-pin transfer terminal on the EPU in the APM30

OT terminal

Wiring terminal for the input power cable for the heating film in the BBC

CMUEA Power Cable

EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

PWR port on the CMUEA in the APM30

EMUA Power Cable (Optional)

EPC4 connector

LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

PWR port on the CMUEA in the TMC

LOAD3 port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

PWR port on the CMUEA in the RFC


Cord end terminal

PWR1 terminal on the EMUA

LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in the TMC

Signal Cables The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade. Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the APM30

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30

COM_IN port on the CMUEA in the RFC



MON0 port on the UPEU in the BBU in the APM30

95


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the APM30

Bare wire

Door status sensor

2-pin connector

GATE port on the PMU in the APM30

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor in the Battery Cabinet

OT terminal

When an external battery cabinet is used, this cable is bound to the cable bridge on the left side of the upper compartment in the battery cabinet.

2-pin connector

TEM_BAT port on the PMU in the APM30

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor

4-pin connector

l TEMP1 port on the CMUEA in the APM30

5-pin connector

l Port on the environment al temperature sensor in the APM30

l TEMP2 port on the CMUEA in the APM30

l Port on the temperature sensor near the air exhaust vent in the APM30

l TEMP1 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

l Port on the environment al temperature sensor in the RFC Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan on the Top of the Cabinet Interior

4-pin connector

IFAN1 and IFAN2 ports on the CMUEA

4-pin connector

J01 and J02 ports on the fan interface board

ELU Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

ELU on the CMUEA

RJ45 connector

ELU



96


2 Cable List

Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


Bare wire

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the TMC

Bare wire

Door status sensor

4-pin connector

l EFAN1 and EFAN2 ports on the CMUEA in the APM30

l GATE port on the CMUEA in the RFC Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door

Interconnection terminal

l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the APM30 l Power cable for the fan in the front door of the TMC

Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

Bare wire

l DC_SPD port on the left DCDU-13A in the RFC

l EFAN1 and EFAN2 ports on the CMUEA in the TMC Bare wire

l IN0 port on the CMUEA in the RFC l IN1 port on the CMUEA in the RFC

l DC_SPD port on the right DCDU-13A in the RFC PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the CMUEA


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the lowerlevel CMUEA

EMUA Monitoring Signal Cable (Optional)

DB9 male connector

RS485 port on the EMUA in the APM30

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the PMU in the APM30



97


2 Cable List

Cable

One End Connector


Connector

RS485 port on the EMUA in the TMC

Installation Position COM_OUT port on the CMUEA in the TMC

RF Cables The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade. NOTE

l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors. l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the upgrade.

Cable

RF jumpers

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



Antenna feeder


ANT_TX/RXA and ANT_RXB ports on an RFU

2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables.

2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List The BTS3900AL cables consist of the PGND cable, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

PGND cable and equipotential cable The PGND cable and equipotential cable need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the cable connections.



98


2 Cable List

Table 2-62 PGND cable and equipotential cable No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connect or


Connect or


1

4 PGND Cables

OT terminal (M6)

Ground bar in the cabinet

OT terminal


2

5 Equipotentia l Cables

OT terminal (M6)


OT terminal (M6)


Power Cables Table 2-63 lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-64 lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-63 Power cables to be installed onsite No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connecto r


1

PDU05A-01 Power Cable

Cord end terminal

L1, L2, L3, N, and PE terminals on the PDU05A-01

Depends on the external equipment.


2


EPC4 connector

LOAD7 or LOAD8 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

3V3 connector

-48 V port on the UPEU or UEIU

3

DCDU-12C Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD1 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG (-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H (Ver.D)



99


No.

4

2 Cable List

Cable

PDU03D-01 Power Cable Feed power from the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

PDU03D-01 Power Cable Feed power from the external power equipment

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connecto r


Power series 120 connector

LOAD1 port on the ETP48400 that provides power supply for the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+)_2 and NEG(-)_2 terminals near the Input2 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

OT terminal (M8)

DCDU:RTN+ and DCDU0:NEG - terminals on the BusBar in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+)_0 and NEG(-)_0 terminals near the Input0 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

Depends on the external equipment.


OT terminal (M6)

l RTN(+)_2 and NEG(-)_2 terminals near the Input2 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet l RTN(+)_0 and NEG(-)_0 terminals near the Input0 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

5



OT terminal (M8)

RTN0+, BAT0-, RTN1 +, and BAT1terminals on the BusBar in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet


OT terminal (M8)

RTN(+)_0, NEG (-)_0, RTN(+)_1, and NEG(-)_1 terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the power distribution box in the battery cabinet 100


No.

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connecto r


OT terminal (M8)

RTN1+ and BAT1terminals on the BusBar in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

Battery group in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet

6

6.4.1 EMUA/ EMUB Power Cable

EPC4 connector


Cord end terminal

PWR1 terminal on the EMUA or EMUB

7

Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

OT terminal (M4)

L2 and N2 terminals on the AC junction box

OT terminal (M4)

L and N terminals on the AC junction box

OT terminal (M4)

L3 and N3 terminals on the AC junction box

OT terminal (M4)


EPC4 connector

DC INPUT port on the power distribution box in the battery cabinet

EPC4 connector

LOAD4 port on the DCDU-12C

for the BTS3900AL DC cabinet Power Cable for an AC Junction Box for IBBS700D, IBBS700T, or TMC11H (Ver.D) 8


6.3.7 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System


101


No.

9

2 Cable List

Cable


One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connecto r


l OT terminal

l One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-03 B



l Toolless female connect or (pressfit type) l EPC5 connect or or EPC4 connect or

l One of the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on the DCDU-11 B l One of the LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12 B

Table 2-64 Power cables installed before delivery No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


1

ETP48400 Power Cable

Cord end terminal

L11, N11, L12, N12, L13, and N13 terminals on the PDU05A-01

OT terminal (M6)

L1, N1, L2, N2, L3, and N3 terminals on the ETP48400

2


OT terminal (M6)

LOAD0 terminal on the ETP48400 that provides power supply for the DCDU-12C

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C

for the BTS3900AL AC cabinet



102


No.

3

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

DCDU-12C Power Cable for the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+)_2 and NEG(-)_2 terminals near the Output or Output2 silkscreen on the PDU03D-01 in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet

OT terminal (M6)

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INPUT silkscreen on the DCDU-12C

4

6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable

EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

PWR port on the CMUF

5

6.2.3 CCU Power Cable

EPC4 connector


EPC4 connector

RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports near the INPUT silkscreen on the CCU

6

6.3.2 FAU03D-01 Power Cable

EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

PWR port on the FAU03D-01

7


EPC4 connector

Port ranging from LOAD0 to LOAD8 on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

3V3 connector

PWR port on the RFU

8

6.3.8 HAU01A-01 Power Cable

OT terminal (M4)

L1, N1, and PE terminals on the AC junction box

C13 straight female connector

AC-IN port on the HAU01A-01



103


No.

9

2 Cable List

Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


Cord end terminal

L21 and N21 terminals on the PDU05A-01

OT terminal (M4)


for the BTS3900AL AC cabinet 10

6.3.6 Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door

4-pin male connector

FAN_IN0 and FAN_IN1 ports on the CMUF

4-pin female connector

Signal cable delivered with an inner air circulation fan

11


EPC4 connector

LOAD5 or LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12C in the device compartment

3V3 connector

-48 V port on the UPEU or UEIU

12

Busbar Power Cable

OT terminal

l Two NEG (-)_1 and one RTN (+)_1 terminals near the Output1 silkscreen on the PDU03D-0 1

OT terminal

l PDU:LOA D5-, PDU:LOA D3-, and PDU:RTN + terminals on the BusBar

l NEG(-)_0 and RTN (+)_0 terminals near the Output0 silkscreen on the PDU03D-0 1

l PDU:LOA D4- and PDU:RTN + terminals on the BusBar

Transmission Cables Table 2-65 lists the transmission cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-66 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


104


2 Cable List

Table 2-65 Transmission cables and CPRI electrical cables to be installed onsite No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


1

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals

Depends on the external equipment


2


RJ45 connector

FE0 and FE1 ports near the OUTSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals

RJ45 connector

Routing device

3


LC connector

l FE1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP

l FC connector

Routing device

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT

l LC connector

l SC connector

Table 2-66 Transmission cables installed before delivery No.

1


Cable

One End

7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


DB25 connector

INSIDE port on the UELP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals

DB26 connector



105


No.

2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

RJ45 connector

l FE0 port on the GTMU or WMPT

RJ45 connector

FE0 port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the surge protection subrack for transmission signals

3

7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector


4

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

LC connector


LC connector


2

l FE0 or FE1 port on the LMPT

Signal Cables Table 2-67 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-68 lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-67 Signal cables to be installed onsite No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


1

8.4.13 InterBBU Signal Cables

DLC connector

M0 or M1 port on the UCIU

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT

2


RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 or EXT_ALM1 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector




106


2 Cable List

No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


3

8.2.3 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs

RJ45 connector

FE_L port on the CCU

RJ45 connector

FE_R port on the CCU

4

8.2.11 CMUEACCU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

D_COM7 port on the CCU

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUE in the TMC11H (Ver.D)

5

8.2.4 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

U_COM1 port on the CCU

RJ45 connector


6

8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

RS-485 port on the EMUA or COM-485 port on the EMUB

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HAU01A-01

7


SMA male connector



Protect port on the GPS surge protector

8

8.4.12 GPS Jumper

Type N male connector

Surge port on the GPS surge protector

Type N male connector

GPS antenna

9


USB connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable

NOTE




107


2 Cable List

Table 2-68 Signal cables installed before delivery No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


1

8.1.1 PMUCCU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector


2

8.2.12 CMUFCCU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUF

RJ45 connector


3

8.2.8 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HAU01A-01

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HAU01A-01

4

8.2.14 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HAU01A-01

RJ45 connector


5

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor

Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the CCU

6

8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the FAU03D-01

RJ45 connector


7


RJ45 connector

ELU

RJ45 connector

ELU port on the CCU

8

8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module

2-pin terminal block

AC surge protection port on the PDU05A-01

Cord end terminal

IN1 port on the CCU



108


No.

9

2 Cable List

Cable

l 9.1 Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the device compartmen t

One End Connecto r


Connector


4-pin connector

l Temperatu re sensor in the device compartme nt: TEM0 port on the CMUF

Temperature sensor

l Temperatu re sensor in the device compartme nt

l Temperatu re sensor on the front door

l Temperatu re sensor in the device compartme nt: TEM1 port on the CMUF

l 9.3 Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the front door 8.2.4 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

l Temperatu re sensor in the RF compartme nt

l Temperatu re sensor in the device compartme nt: TEM0 port on the FAU03D-0 1

l 9.2 Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in the RF compartmen t

10

The Other End

RJ45 connector

U_COM0 port on the CCU

RJ45 connector


CPRI Electrical Cables Inter-cabinet CPRI electrical cables need to be installed onsite. CPRI electrical cables in the cabinets have been installed before delivery. The following table describes their connections.



109


2 Cable List

Table 2-69 CPRI electrical cables No.

1

Cable

One End

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable (inter-cabinet CPRI electrical cables)

2

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable (CPRI electrical cables in the cabinet)

The Other End

Connector


Connector



CPRI port on the GTMU, UBRI, WBBP, or LBBP


CPRI port on the RFU




CPRI port on the RFU

RF Cables All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table describes the RF cable connections. Table 2-70 RF cables No.

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connector


1

10.1 RF Jumpers


Antenna feeder



2

10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable





2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900, BBU cable list, and RRU cable list.

Lists of Cables for the Cabinets Used by the DBS3900 The following table lists the links to the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


110


2 Cable List

Table 2-71 Links to the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900 Cabinet Used by a DBS3900

Cable List

APM30H (Ver.B)

APM30H (Ver.B) cable list

TMC11H (Ver.B)

TMC11H (Ver.B) cable list

IBBS200D (Ver.B)

IBBS200D (Ver.B) cable list

IBBS200T (Ver.B)

IBBS200T (Ver.B) cable list

APM30H Ver.C)

APM30H (Ver.C) cable list

TMC11H Ver.C)

TMC11H (Ver.C) cable list

IBBS200D (Ver.C)

IBBS200D (Ver.C) cable list

IBBS200T (Ver.C)

IBBS200T (Ver.C) cable list

APM30H (Ver.D)

APM30H (Ver.D) cable list

TMC11H (Ver.D)

TMC11H (Ver.D) cable list

IBBS200D (Ver.D)

IBBS200D (Ver.D) cable list

IBBS200T (Ver.D)

IBBS200T (Ver.D) cable list

IBBS700D

IBBS700D cable list

IBBS700T

IBBS700T cable list

BBU Cable List The following table lists BBU cables. Table 2-72 BBU cable list Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


BBU PGND Cable

OT terminal (M4, 6 mm2 [0.009 in.2])

Ground terminal on the BBU

OT terminal (M8, 6 mm2 [0.009 in.2])

External ground bar


3V3 connector

-48V port on UPEU in BBU

Depending on the power equipment

Depending on the power equipment



111


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the UMPT, GTMU, UELP, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

Depending on site requirements



DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the UMPT, GTMU, UELP, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

DB25 connector



RJ45 connector

l FE0 port near OUTSIDE on the UFLP in the BBU

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

FE0 port near INSIDE on the UFLP in the SLPU

l FE0 port on the UMPT, GTMU, or WMPT in the BBU l FE/GE port on the UTRP in the BBU l FE/GE port on the LMPT in the BBU 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the UMPT, GTMU, or WMPT in the BBU FE/GE port on the UTRP in the BBU



112


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the WMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port on the GTMU in the BBU


LC connector


LC connector



LC connector

FE1 port on the WMPT, GTMU, LMPT, or UMPT in the BBU

FC, SC, or LC connector


9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

DLC connector

CPRI port on the GTMU, WBBP, LBBP, or UBRI in the BBU

DLC connector

CPRI_W port on an RFU

8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

M0N1 port on the UPEU or UEIU in the BBU

Twisted pair

TX+, TX-, RX +, or RX- port on the APMI

8.2.10 HEUABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HEUA

CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUA

CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUE

8.2.13 CMUEABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the CMUEA



113


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


8.4.4 EMUA/ EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


DB9 male connector

RS-485 port on the EMUA

8.1.8 PSU (EPW25-24S48D ) Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU in the BBU

Cord end terminal

ALM terminal on the PSU (DC/DC)

8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D ) In-Position Signal Cable

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector

RESENT port on the PSU (DC/DC)


RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



SMA male connector

GPS port on LMPT, USCU, or UMPTa6 in the BBU


GPS surge protector

8.4.13 Inter-BBU Signal Cables

DLC connector

M0 to M4 ports on the UCIU in the BBU

DLC connector

CI port on the UMPT in the BBU


DB15 male connector



DCTB or DGLUb

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance

USB(1) connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable

NOTE


RRU Cable List For the RRU cable list, see the related RRU hardware description, such as RRU3926 Hardware Description. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


114


2 Cable List

2.6 BTS3900C Cable List This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of cabinets.

2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List The cable list includes connector types and installation positions of cables, such as PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be installed onsite, and some cables have been installed before delivery, the cable list provides a reference for onsite installation of cables.

PGND Cable PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable connections. Table 2-73 PGND cable Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connecto r


OMB PGND cable

OT terminal

Ground bar at the bottom of the OMB

OT terminal

Ground bar outside the cabinet

RRU PGND cable

OT terminal


OT terminal

Ground terminal on the RRU

Power Cables Table 2-74 and Table 2-75 list power cables for AC cabinets. Table 2-76 and Table 2-77 list power cables for DC cabinets. Table 2-74 Power cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet) Cable

One End

EPS30-4815AF Power Cable


The Other End

Connector


Connector


3-pin male connector

AC power input port on the EPS30-4815AF

Cord end terminal

SPD ALM terminals on the AC surge protection box


115


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

6.2.4 HEUA Power Cable

The Other End

Connector


Connector


H4 connector

DC output port LOAD1 on the EPS30-4815AF

3V3 connector

DC INPUT port on the HEUA

Table 2-75 Power cables to be installed onsite (in an AC cabinet) Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


6.4.6 SPD Power Cable

OT terminal

L, N, and PE terminals on the AC surge protection box




H4 connector

DC output port LOAD1 on the EPS30-4815AF

3V3 connector



OT terminal

RRU wiring terminal on the EPS30-4815AF

Depending on the RRU type

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the RRU

Table 2-76 Power cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet) Cable

6.2.4 HEUA Power Cable


One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

LOAD7 terminal on the DCDU-03B

3V3 connector

DC INPUT port on the HEUB


116


2 Cable List

Table 2-77 Power cables to be installed onsite (in a DC cabinet) Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



OT terminal


3V3 connector



OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the DCDU-03B




OT terminal



RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals on the RRU

Transmission Cables Table 2-78 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-79 lists the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-78 Transmission cables installed before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB25 connector

INSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU

DB26 connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU


RJ45 connector

l FE0 port on the GTMU or WMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port at the INSIDE label on the UFLP in the BBU

l FE0 or FE1 port on the LMPT in the BBU



117


2 Cable List

Table 2-79 Transmission cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU




RJ45 connector

FE0 port at the OUTSIDE label on the UFLP in the BBU

RJ45 connector

Routing device


LC connector

l FE1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connector

Routing device

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT in the BBU 9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

DLC connector

l CPRI port on the GTMU or UBRI in the BBU

l SC connector l LC connector

DLC connector

CPRI_W or CPRI0 port on the RRU

l CPRI port on the WBBP in the BBU l CPRI port on the LBBP in the BBU

Signal Cables Table 2-80 and Table 2-81 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-82 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite.



118


2 Cable List

Table 2-80 Signal cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet) Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUA

8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly

4-pin connector

IntFAN port on the HEUA

5-pin connector

Power and monitoring port for the inner air circulation fan


4-pin connector

ExtFAN port on the HEUA

Round waterproof connector

Power and monitoring port for the outer air circulation fan

8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HEUA

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU in the EPS30-4815AF


USB 3.0 connector


Ethernet connector

Network cable

Table 2-81 Signal cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet) Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUA


4-pin connector

IntFAN port on the HEUA

5-pin connector



4-pin connector

ExtFAN port on the HEUA

Round waterproof connector




119


2 Cable List

Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


USB 3.0 connector


Ethernet connector

Network cable

NOTE


Table 2-82 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



SMA male connector




8.2.10 HEUABBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HEUA

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU


RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector


CPRI Cables The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.



120


2 Cable List

Table 2-83 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


DLC connector


DLC connector



RF Cables All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections. Table 2-84 RF cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


10.1 RF Jumpers

DIN male connector

ANT_TX/RXA or ANT_TX/ RXB port on the RRU

DIN male connector

Antenna system

8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable

Waterproofe d DB9 male connector

RET port on the RRU

Standard AISG female connector

Standard AISG male connector on the RCU or on the AISG multi-wire cable

8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable

Standard AISG male connector

Standard AISG female connector on the AISG extension cable


Standard AISG male connector on the RCU

2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List The cable list includes the connector types and the installation position of the cables, such as PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


121


2 Cable List

installed onsite, and some cables have been installed before delivery. The cable list provides reference for the installation of cables.

PGND Cables All PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable connections. Table 2-85 PGND cables Cable

One End

The Other End

Connecto r


Connecto r


OMB PGND cable

OT terminal


OT terminal


RRU PGND cable

OT terminal

Ground terminal on the RRU

OT terminal


Power Cables Table 2-86 and Table 2-87 list the power cables for an AC cabinet. Table 2-88 and Table 2-89 list the power cables for a DC cabinet. Table 2-86 Power cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


OT terminal

L/L1 and N/L2 terminals on the INPUT side of the ETP48100A1

Cord end terminal

L/N, N/L, and PE ports on the AC surge protection box

OT terminal

PDU10D-01

6.2.5 HEUB Power Cable

EPC4 connector

LOAD9 port on the PDU10D-01

3V3 connector


PDU10D-01 Power Cable

OT terminal

RTN0(+) and NEG0(-) terminals near the OUTPUT silkscreen on the ETP48100-A1

OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INTPUT: -48V silkscreen on the PDU10D-01

ETP48100-A1 Power Cable



122


2 Cable List

Table 2-87 Power cables in an AC cabinet to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



OT terminal

INPUT: AC silkscreen on the PDU10D-01




EPC4 connector


3V3 connector

-48 V port on the UPEU


EPC4 connector



RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports on the RRU

Table 2-88 Power cables in a DC cabinet installed before delivery Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


EPC4 connector


3V3 connector


Table 2-89 Power cables in a DC cabinet to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



OT terminal

RTN(+) and NEG(-) terminals near the INTPUT: -48V silkscreen on the PDU10D-01




EPC4 connector


3V3 connector




123


2 Cable List

Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


EPC4 connector



RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports on the RRU

Transmission Cables Table 2-90 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery Table 2-88 lists the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-90 Transmission cables installed before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



DB25 male connector

INSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU

DB26 male connector

E1/T1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU


RJ45 connector

l FE0 port on the GTMU or WMPT in the BBU

RJ45 connector

FE0 port near the INSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the BBU

l FE0 or FE1 port on the LMPT in the BBU 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

RJ45 connector


RJ45 connector



LC connector


LC connector




124


2 Cable List

Table 2-91 Transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


7.1 E1/T1 Cable

DB26 male connector

OUTSIDE port on the UELP in the BBU




RJ45 connector

FE0 port near the OUTSIDE silkscreen on the UFLP in the BBU

RJ45 connector

Routing device


LC connector

l FE1 port on the GTMU, WMPT, or UTRP in the BBU

l FC connector

Routing device

l SFP0 or SFP1 port on the LMPT in the BBU

l SC connector l LC connector

Signal Cables Table 2-92 and Table 2-93 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-94 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-92 Signal cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUB

Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan

4-pin connector

IntFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector




125


2 Cable List

Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan

4-pin connector

ExtFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector


8.1.5 PMU 11AHEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_OUT port on the HEUB

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the PMU 11A on the ETP48100-A1


RJ45 connector

RJ45 port on the ELU

RJ45 connector

ELU port on the HEUB


USB3.0 connector


Network connector

Ethernet cable

Table 2-93 Signal cables installed in a DC cabinet before delivery Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


Bare wire

Door status sensor

Bare wire

GATE port on the HEUB

Monitoring signal 4-pin cable for the inner connector air circulation fan

IntFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector


Monitoring signal 4-pin cable for the outer connector air circulation fan

ExtFAN port on the HEUB

4-pin connector



RJ45 connector

RJ45 port on the RJ45 connector ELU

ELU port on the HEUB


USB3.0 connector




Network connector


Ethernet cable

126


2 Cable List

NOTE


Table 2-94 Signal cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector



SMA male connector




8.2.9 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

RJ45 connector

COM_IN port on the HEUB

RJ45 connector

MON1 port on the UPEU in the BBU


RJ45 connector

EXT_ALM0 port on the UPEU or UEIU

RJ45 connector


CPRI Cables The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-95 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End


The Other End

Connector


Connector


DLC connector


DLC connector



RF Cables All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


127


2 Cable List

Table 2-96 RF cables to be installed onsite Cable

One End

The Other End

Connector


Connector


10.1 RF Jumpers

DIN male connector

ANT_TX/RXA or ANT_TX/ RXB port on the RRU

DIN male connector

Antenna system

8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable

Waterproofe d DB9 male connector

RET port on the RRU


Standard AISG male connector on the RCU or on the AISG multi-wire cable

8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable

Standard AISG male connector

Standard AISG female connector on the AISG extension cable


Standard AISG male connector on the RCU



128


3 Cable Connections

3

Cable Connections

About This Chapter This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections. 3.1 Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations. 3.2 Transmission Cable Connections Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards and transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes transmission cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and triple-mode base stations. 3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations. 3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are configured. 3.5 CPRI Cable Connections CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, base station. 3.6 RF Cable Connections Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and multimode base stations.



129


3 Cable Connections

3.1 Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.

3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

BTS3900 (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 cabinet supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC, -48 V DC, and +24 V DC power.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 110 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC threephase, and 220 V AC single-phase power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V AC three-phase power as an example. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V/220 V). Figure 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


130


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet No.

Description

P1 to P6

For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P7

For details, see FAN Power Cables.

P8

For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P11 and P12

For details, see DCDU-01 Power Cable.

P13

For details, see EPS4890 Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Figure 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Table 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V) No.

Description

P1 to P6


P7


P8




131


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P11 and P12


Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V). Figure 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

The following table describes the power cables in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V). Table 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V) No.

Description

P1 to P6


P7


P8


P11 and P12


P25 to P28

For details, see EPS24S48100DC Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890 NOTE

The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


132


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-4 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side. Figure 3-5 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side



133


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890. Table 3-4 Power cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 No.

Description

P1 and P2


BTS3900 (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900 power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 220 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC singlephase, and 110 V dual-live-wire power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V AC threephase power as an example. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V/220 V). Figure 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


134


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-5 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet No.

Description

P1 to P6


P7

For details, see FAN 03B Power Cable.

P8 and P9


P10 and P11

For details, see DCDU-11A Power Cable.

P12 and P13

For details, see ETP48150-A3 Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Figure 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).



135


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V) No.

Description

P1 to P6


P7


P8 and P9


P10 and P11


BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900 power cable connections in 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in 220 V AC Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power. Figure 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC



136


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections in an AC BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC. Table 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC No.

Description

P1

For details, see EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.

P2 to P7


P8

For details, see FAN 03C Power Cable.

P9 and P10


P11


P12

For details, see DCDU-12B Power Cable.

P13 to P21

For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.



137


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)

The following table describes the power cable connections in an AC BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup). Table 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for backup power) No.

Description

P1


P2 to P7


P8




138


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P9 and P10


P11


P12


P13 to P21


P22 to P24

For details, see Storage Battery Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power. Figure 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission)



139


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections in an AC BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission). Table 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) No.

Description

P1


P2 to P7


P8


P9 and P10


P11


P12


P13 to P21


Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC and supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-11 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC



140


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC and supplied with -48 V DC power. Table 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC No.

Description

P1 to P6


P7


P8 and P9


P10 and P11


P12 and P13


P14 to P22


3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.

BTS3900L (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L. The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L.



141


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-12 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-11 Power cables No.

Description

P1 to P4


P5 to P10


P11


P12


P13 and P14

For details, see 6.4.8 GATM Power Cable.

BTS3900L (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L. The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L.



142


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-13 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-12 Power cables No.

Description

P0 to P5, P10 to P15


P6 to P16


P7 and P8


P9


P17 to P20




143


3 Cable Connections

BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections of a BTS3900L cabinet.

Power Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario, using the BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example. Figure 3-14 Power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario

The following table describes the power cables.



144


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-13 Power cable connections No.

Description



P6 and P16


P7 and P8


P9

For details, see EPU05A-02 Power Cable.

P17


P18 to P21


Power Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario, using the BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example. Figure 3-15 Power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario



145


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-14 Power cable connections No.

Description



P6 and P16


P7 and P8


P9


P17 to P20


NOTE

When the BTS3900L cabinet is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the BBU is installed below the lower DCDU-12A, the DCDU-12B is installed below the BBU, and the LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the DCDU-12B supply power to the nine RRUs.

3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is configured with enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.D).

BTS3900A (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.



146


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-16 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-15 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0

For details, see EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable.

P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9

For details, see FAN 02A Power Cable.

P10

For details, see FAN 01A Power Cables.

P11

For details, see Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box.



147


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P15 to P17


P12 and P14

For details, see 6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P13

For details, see DCDU-03C Power Cable.

P18


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds. Figure 3-17 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds




148


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-16 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11, P13


P15 to P18


P12 and P14


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with two BBUs and 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.



149


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-18 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-17 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11, P13


P15 to P18




150


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P12 and P14


Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario. NOTE

When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC are the same as those in the first RFC.

Figure 3-19 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-18 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0




151


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with two BBUs 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs. Figure 3-20 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs




152


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-19 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


BTS3900A (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario.



153


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-20 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0


P1


P2 and P19


P3 to P8


P9




154


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P10


P11

See Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box.

P15 to P17


P12 and P14


P13


P18


P20

For details, see Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds. Figure 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs +2 IBBS200Ds

The following table describes the power cables. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


155


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P0


P1


P2 and P19


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11, P13


P12 and P14


P15 to P17


P18

It is a power cable between the cascaded fans in a battery cabinet.

P20


Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario. NOTE

When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC are the same as those in the first RFC.



156


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11

For details, see Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.



157


3 Cable Connections

BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input scenarios.

Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario NOTE

If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing power cable connections.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario. Figure 3-24 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H




158


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0

See EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.

P1

See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

P2

See Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC.

P3 to P8

See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.

P9

See FAN 02D Power Cable.

P10

See FAN 01C Power Cable.

P11


P15 to P17

See Storage Battery Power Cable.

P12

See 6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D.

P13

See DCDU-12C Power Cable.

P14

See Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.

P18

See DCDU-12A Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H. NOTE

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station with the preceding configurations when BBU 1 is installed in the APM30H. When BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H, the power cable connections are the same.



159


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-25 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-24 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10




160


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P11


P15 to P17


P12


P13


P14


P18


P19


P20


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H. NOTE

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station with the preceding configurations when BBU 1 is installed in the APM30H. When BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H, the power cable connections are the same.



161


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-26 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-25 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D +1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0

See EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P1

See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

P2

See Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC

P3 to P8

See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

P9

See FAN 02D Power Cable

P10

See FAN 01C Power Cable

P11


P15 to P17

See Storage Battery Power Cable



162


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P12

Power cable for the fan in the IBBS700D

P13

See DCDU-12C Power Cable

P14

See Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

P18

See 6.3.7 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System

P19

See DCDU-12A Power Cable

P20

See CMUEA Power Cable

P21

See 6.3.8 HAU01A-01 Power Cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs. NOTE

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station with the preceding configurations when BBU 1is installed in the APM30H. When BBU 1is installed in the TMC11H, the power cable connections are the same.

Figure 3-27 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs




163


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-26 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds +1 TMC11H+9 RRUs No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


P15 to P17


P12


P13


P14


P18


P19


P20


P21 to P29

See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.

P30

See DCDU-12B Power Cable.

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.



164


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-28 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-27 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs in a -48V DC input scenario. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


165


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-29 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-28 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs No.

Description

P0


P1


P2


P3 to P8


P9


P10


P11


P12 to P20

See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.



166


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P21

See DCDU-12B Power Cable.

BTS3900A (Ver.D_A2) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.



When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H +1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-30 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H +1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

The following table describes the power cable connections.



167


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-29 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H +1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs No.

Description

P0

Input power cable for the transfer terminal

P1

Input power cable for the APM30H

P2 and P9

CMUEA power cables

P3 and P16 to P18

Power cables for the battery cabinet

P4

Input power cable for the RFC

P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7

Input power cable for the TMC11H

P8

Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As

P10 to P15

RFU power cables

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-31 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs



168


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-30 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs No.

Description

P0


P1 and P5

CMUEA power cables

P2

BBU power cable

P3

EMUA power cable

P4


P6 to P11

RFU power cables

BTS3900A (Ver.D_A1) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.



When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC +2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.



169


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-32 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-31 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the APM30

P2 and P9

CMUEA power cable

P3 and P16 to P18


P4


P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7

Input power cable for the TMC

P8

Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As

P10 to P15

RFU power cables



170


3 Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1 TMC +2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-33 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-32 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs No.

Description

P0


P1 and P5

CMUEA power cable

P2

BBU power cable

P3

EMUA power cable

P4


P6 to P11

RFU power cables

3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


171


3 Cable Connections

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL supplied with -48 V DC power and 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet and supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-34 Power cable connections (1)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-33 Power cable connections (1) No.

Description

P0

For details, see 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable.

P1 to P4


P5

For details, see 6.2.3 CCU Power Cable.



172


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P6 and P7

For details, see 6.3.8 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.

P8 and P9


P10

For details, see Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL.

P11, P12, and P13(1)

For details, see PDU03D-01 Power Cable.

P14 to P22


P23

For details, see 6.3.2 FAU03D-01 Power Cable.

NOTE

(1) If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, two input power cables are used in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet. If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, three input power cables are used in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet.

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station configured with one BTS3900AL AC cabinet, one BTS3900AL DC cabinet, and one TMC11H (Ver.D) and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. Figure 3-35 Power cable connections (2)



173


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-34 Power cable connections (2) No.

Description

P0

For details, see PDU05A-01 Power Cable.

P1 to P4


P5


P6


P7, P16, and P17


P8

For details, see ETP48400 Power Cable.

P9 and P11


P10


P12 and P15


P13 and P14


P18 to P26


P27


P28 to P30


P31


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL AC cabinet, one BTS3900AL DC cabinet, and one IBBS700D and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. This section describes the power cable connections for an IBBS700D. The power cable connections for an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are the same.



174


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-36 Power cable connections (3)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-35 Power cable connections (3) No.

Description

P0

For details, see PDU05A-01 Power Cable.

P1 to P4


P5


P6


P7, P9, and P10


P8

For details, see ETP48400 Power Cable.

P35 and P11


P12, P13, and P16


P14 and P15


P17 to P25


P26




175


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P27 to P30


P31 to P33


P34

For details, see 6.3.7 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System.

P36


3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 This chapter describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using different cabinets.

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C).

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios When 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or dual-mode base station, the EPS in the APM30H (Ver.B) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and distribute the power to the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H (Ver.B). The following figure shows the power cable connections.



176


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-37 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-36 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D No.

Description

P1 and P10


P2 and P11

FAN 02A power cables

P3


P4


P5

6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

P6


P7

RRU power cable

P8

DCDU-03C power cable

P9

6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film

When 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or dual-mode base station, the EPU in the APM30H (Ver.C) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


177


3 Cable Connections

power into -48 V DC power and distribute power for the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H (Ver.C). The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-38 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-37 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2


P3 and P4


P5

EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable

P6

RRU power cable

P7


P8


P9


P10




178


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P11

FAN 02B power cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T. Figure 3-39 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-38 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T No.

Description

P1 and P9


P2 and P10


P3


P4


P5

6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T



179


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P6


P7

RRU power cable

P8


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T. Figure 3-40 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-39 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2


P3

6.3.4 Power Cables for an AC Heater



180


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P4


P5

RRU power cable

P6


P7


P8


P9


P10

FAN 02B power cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds. Figure 3-41 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds




181


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-40 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P1 and P10


P2 and P12


P3


P5 and P13


P7


P8

RRU power cable

P9


P11


P4 and P14


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds. Figure 3-42 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds



182


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-41 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2 and P4


P3


P5


P6

RRU power cable

P7


P9 and P13


P10


P11

FAN 02B power cable

P8 and P12


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts. Figure 3-43 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts



183


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-42 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts No.

Description

P1 and P9


P2 and P11


P3


P5 and P12


P7


P8

RRU power cable

P10


P4 and P13


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts. Figure 3-44 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts



184


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-43 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts No.

Description

P1

FAN 02B power cable

P2 and P3


P4


P5

RRU power cable

P6


P8 and P11


P9


P10

FAN 02B power cable

P7 and P12


A triple-mode DBS3900 requires two BBUs: BBU 0 and BBU 1. The power cable connections in the cabinet housing BBU 0 are the same as those in the cabinet housing BBU 1. Figure 3-45 and Figure 3-46 show the power cable connections in a triple-mode base station, using the scenario of configuring BBUs in the APM30Hs (Ver.B) as an example. Figure 3-45 Power cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds



185


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-44 Power cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P1 and P10


P2 and P11


P3


P4


P5


P6


P7

RRU power cable

P8


P9


Figure 3-46 Power cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds P2

P2

P12 P11

P1

P1 P9

P9 P10

P7

P9

BBU0

P3

P7

P10

BBU1

P6

P3 P6

P4

P4 P5

P5

P13 P14

P13 P14

P8

P8




186


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-45 Power cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds No.

Description

P1 and P10


P2, P6, and P12


P3


P5 and P13


P7


P8

RRU power cable

P9


P11


P4 and P14


Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios If a single- or dual-mode base station uses an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V), the EPS24S48100DC in the APM30H converts the +24 V DC power into -48 V DC power, which is supplied to the DCDU-03B. The DCDU-03B distributes the power to the BBU, RRUs, and other components. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-47 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V)




187


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-46 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V) No.

Description

P1

EPS24S48100DC power cable

P2


P3


P4

RRU power cable

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B), each TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-03B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-48 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-47 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B) No.

Description

P1

DCDU-03B power cable

P2

FAN 02A power cable



188


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P3


P4


When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C), each TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-11B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-49 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-48 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C) No.

Description

P1


P2

FAN 02B power cable

P3


P4


Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.D).



189


3 Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios NOTE

l When a base station is configured with 7 to 12 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the BBU to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs. l When a base station is configured with 13 to 15 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the BBU to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs, and an ODM must be configured to obtain power from the DCDU-12B and provide the power to the remaining RRUs. This section uses the power cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with 15 RRUs as an example.

When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and provides the power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200D (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-50 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-49 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable



190


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P3


P4


P5


P6

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable

P7


P9


P10


P12


P13


When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and provides the power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200T (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-51 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)



191


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-50 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4


P5


P6


P7


P9


P12


P13


When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and provides the power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200D (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections.



192


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-52 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-51 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4 and P13


P5 and P14


P6


P7


P9


P10


P12


P15




193


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/T (Ver.D). NOTE

This section describes the power cable connections in the IBBS700D. The power cable connections in the IBBS700T are the same as those in the IBBS700D.

Figure 3-53 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-52 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D No.

Description

P1, P10, and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4

Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box



194


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P5

6.3.7 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System

P6


P7


P9


P12


P13


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D). Figure 3-54 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)




195


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-53 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4 and P13


P5 and P14


P6


P7


P9


P12


P15


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D). NOTE

When a base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.



196


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-55 Power cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-54 Power cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4


P5


P6


P7


P9


P10


P12


P13




197


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D). NOTE

When a base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Figure 3-56 Power cable connections in a triple- or base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-55 Power cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4


P5




198


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P6


P7


P9


P12


P13


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) +2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). NOTE

When a base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Figure 3-57 Power cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)




199


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-56 Power cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4 and P13


P5 and P14


P6


P7


P9


P10


P12


P15


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) +2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D). NOTE

When a base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.



200


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-58 Power cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-57 Power cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1 and P11


P2 and P8

FAN 02D Power Cable

P3


P4 and P13


P5 and P14


P6


P7


P9


P12


P15


In a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/T, the power cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration, as shown in Figure 3-53. The power cable Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


201


3 Cable Connections

connections for the second BBU in this base station are the same as the power cable connections for the second BBU in a triple-mode base station with a different cabinet configuration.

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.



When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TM11H+1 IBBS200T are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-59 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H +1 IBBS200T




202


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-58 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H +1 IBBS200T No.

Description

P1

Input power cable for the APM30H

P2

CMUEA power cable

P3 and P8 to P11


P4

Input power cable for the transfer terminal

P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7


Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 TMC11Hs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-60 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-59 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs No.

Description

P0


P1

CMUEA power cable

P2

BBU power cable



203


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P3

EMUA power cable

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.



When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-61 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC




204


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-60 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC No.

Description

P1

Input power cables for the APM30

P2

CMUEA power cable

P3 and P8 to P10


P4


P5

BBU power cable

P6

EMUA power cable

P7


Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 TMCs in a -48 V DC input scenario. Figure 3-62 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs

The following table describes the power cable connections. Table 3-61 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs No.

Description

P0


P1

CMUEA power cable

P2

BBU power cable

P3

EMUA power cable



205


3 Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D) This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.D).

Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D), the TMC11H is configured with two DCDU-12Bs, which distribute power to the BBU and RRUs or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections. Figure 3-63 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-62 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1


P2


P3

FAN 02D Power Cable

P4


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D). NOTE

When a base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.



206


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-64 Power cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-63 Power cables in a triple-mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) No.

Description

P1


P2


P3

FAN 02D Power Cable

P4


Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03 This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03.

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an AC OMB.



207


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-65 Power cable connections in a base station configured with an AC OMB

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-64 Power cable connections in a base station configured with an AC OMB No.

Description

P1

Power cable for the inner air circulation fan

P2

HEUA power cable

P3


P4

DCDU-05 power cable

P5

Power cable for the outer air circulation fan

P6

EPS30-4815AF power cable

P7

EPS30-4815AF power cable

P8

RRU power cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an AC OMB (Ver.C).



208


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-66 Power cable connections in a base station configured with an AC OMB (Ver.C)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-65 Power cable connections in a base station configured with an AC OMB (Ver.C) No.

Description

P1


P2


P3


P4


P5

RRU power cable

P6


Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with a DC OMB.



209


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-67 Power cable connections in a base station configured with a DC OMB

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-66 Power cable connections in a base station configured with a DC OMB No.

Description

P1


P2

HEUA power cable

P3


P4


P5


P6

RRU power cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with a DC OMB (Ver.C).



210


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-68 Power cable connections in a base station configured with a DC OMB (Ver.C)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-67 Power cable connections in a base station configured with a DC OMB (Ver.C) No.

Description

P1


P2


P3

RRU power cable

P4


Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TP48600A. The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and with two BBUs installed in the TP48600A in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios. This section describes the power cable connections when the base station uses an IBBS700D. The power cable connections are the same when the base station uses an IBBS700T. NOTE

If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, two BBU power cables are required.



211


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-69 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D +1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the power cables. Table 3-68 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

P1


P2 to P5


P6


P7

Power cable for the power distribution box

P8


P9


P10 to P21

RRU power cable

Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900 This section describes power cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with and -48 V DC power.

Power Cable Connections in a DC IBC10 The following figure shows power cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


212


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-70 Power cable connections in a DC IBC10

The following table describes power cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power. Table 3-69 Power cable connections in a DC IBC10 No.

Description

P0


P1 and P2

USU power cables



213


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P3 to P12

BBU power cables

P13 and P14

Power cables for fan assemblies

3.1.6 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

BTS3900C WCDMA Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet and BTS3900C DC cabinet. l

BTS3900C AC cabinet Figure 3-71 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet. Figure 3-71 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet

Table 3-70 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet. Table 3-70 Power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet


SN

Cable

P1

Power cable for the inner air circulation fan Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

214


l

3 Cable Connections

SN

Cable

P2

Power cable for the HEUA

P3

BBU power cable

P4

DCDU-05 power cable

P5


P6

RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)

P7

AC input power cable for the 4815 power system

P8

Power Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

BTS3900C DC cabinet Figure 3-72 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet. Figure 3-72 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet

Table 3-71 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. Table 3-71 Power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet


SN

Cable

P1


P2

Power cable for the HEUA

P3

Power cable for the outer air circulation fan Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

215


3 Cable Connections

SN

Cable

P4

BBU power cable

P5

RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)

P6

DC input power cable for the cabinet

BTS3900C (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet and a BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet. Figure 3-73 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet

Table 3-72 Power cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet No.

Description

P1

For details, see 6.2.5 HEUB Power Cable.



216


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P2


P3

For details, see ETP48100-A1 Power Cable.

P4, P6


P5


Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C DC Cabinet The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet. Figure 3-74 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet

Table 3-73 Power cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet No.

Description

P1

For details, see 6.2.5 HEUB Power Cable.

P2




217


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

P3


P4


3.2 Transmission Cable Connections Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards and transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes transmission cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and triple-mode base stations.

3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections for a Single-Mode Base Station In a GSM, UMTS, or LTE base station, E1/T1 cables, FE/GE Ethernet cables, and FE/GE fiber optic cables can be used to transmit data. This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also provides illustrations of the cable connections.

Transmission Configuration Principles The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a single-mode base station. Table 3-74 Transmission configuration principles Principle Classific ation

BBU

Transmission Configuration Principle

Applicable Base Station

Principles classified by transmissi on modes

BBU3 900

l In a GSM base station, only when the GTMU or GTMUb has no available transmission port, the UTRP is configured to provide extension transmission ports.

3900 series base stations

l In a UMTS base station, if the UTRP is configured, transmission cables must be connected to the UTRP. l In an LTE base station, FE/GE fiber optic cables are preferentially used for data transmission.



218


Principle Classific ation

3 Cable Connections

BBU


BBU3 910

l The BBU3910 only can be configured in an eGBTS and must be configured with the UMPTb to provide transmission ports.


l In a UMTS base station, transmission cables are connected to the UMPTb by default. If transmission ports need to be extended, a UTRPc or UTRPa is required. In this case, transmission cables are preferentially connected to the UTRPc or UTRPa. l In an LTE base station, the UMPTb needs to be configured to provide transmission ports. Principles classified by base station types

-

-

-

l E1/T1 cables must be connected to a UELP that processes signals for surge protectiona.

l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

l FE/GE Ethernet cables must be connected to a UFLP that processes signals for surge protection.

l Outdoor DBS3900

E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet cables do not need to be connected to the UELP or UFLP.

l BTS3900 or BTS3900L

FE/GE fiber optic cables do not need to be connected to the UELP or UFLP.

l BTS3900 or BTS3900L

l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

l Indoor DBS3900

l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l DBS3900 l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)



219


3 Cable Connections

Principle Classific ation

BBU



a: Boards are configured for surge protection in different cabinets as follows: l When an APM30H (Ver.B), (Ver.C), or (Ver.D) is used for the BTS3900A or DBS3900, an SLPU equipped with the UELP or UFLP is configured in the APM30H. l When an APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A) is used for the DBS3900, the UELP or UFLP is installed in the BBU in the APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A). l BTS3900AL cabinets have slots for the UELP or UFLP, which provides the surge protection function. l When an OMB is used for the BTS3900C or DBS3900, the UELP or UFLP is installed in the BBU in the OMB.

Description Table 3-75 and Table 3-76 describe the transmission cable connections for a single-mode base station configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different transmission modes. Table 3-75 Transmission cable connections for a single-mode base station configured with the BBU3900 Trans missi on Mode

Work ing Mode of a Base Statio n

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connectionsa

Trans missio n over E1/T1 cables

GSM

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the GTMU provides an E1/T1 transmission port.

Illustrations 1 in Figure 3-75, Figure 3-76, Figure 3-77, and Figure 3-78 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and both the GTMU and UTRP provide E1/T1 transmission ports. UMTS

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the UTRP provides E1/T1 transmission ports. Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides an E1/T1 transmission port.




220


Trans missi on Mode

Trans missio n over FE/GE cables

3 Cable Connections


Cable Connection


LTE

The BBU is configured with a UMPT, and the UMPT provides an E1/T1 transmission port.

Illustrations 3 in Figure 3-75, Figure 3-76, Figure 3-77, and Figure 3-78 show the transmission cable connections in this scenario.

GSM

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/ GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports.


Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the GTMU provides an FE/GE optical port. Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the GTMU provides an FE/GE electrical port. UMTS

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/ GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP2, and the UTRP2 provides FE/ GE optical ports.


Scenario 3: The BBU is configured with a UTRP9, and the UTRP9 provides FE/ GE electrical ports. Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides an FE/GE optical port or an FE/ GE electrical port. LTE

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/ GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports. Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE/GE optical port or an FE/ GE electrical port.




221


Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections


Cable Connection


a: Figure 3-75, Figure 3-76, Figure 3-77, and Figure 3-78 show the transmission cable connections in different types of base stations.

Table 3-76 Transmission cable connections for a single-mode base station configured with the BBU3910 Trans missi on Mode


Cable Connection


Trans missio n over E1/T1 cables

eGBT S

The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides an E1/T1 transmission port.


UMTS

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides an E1/T1 transmission port.


Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPa, and the UTRPa provides E1/T1 transmission ports. Trans missio n over FE/GE cables

eGBT S

The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides an FE/GE optical port or an FE/GE electrical port.


UMTS

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides an FE/GE optical port or an FE/GE electrical port.


Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/ GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports.



222


Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections


Cable Connection


LTE

The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides an FE/GE optical port or an FE/GE electrical port.



Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Single-Mode Base Station Configured with the BBU3900 Figure 3-75 Transmission cable connections for an outdoor DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D), or a BTS3900A

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable



223


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-76 Transmission cable connections for an indoor DBS3900, BTS3900, or BTS3900L

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T2: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Figure 3-77 Transmission cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or a BTS3900C




224


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-78 Transmission cable connections for a BTS3900AL




225


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Single-Mode Base Station Configured with the BBU3910 Figure 3-79 Transmission cable connections for an outdoor DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D), or a BTS3900A




226


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-80 Transmission cable connections for an indoor DBS3900, BTS3900, or BTS3900L

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable




227


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-81 Transmission cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or a BTS3900C




228


3 Cable Connections


T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable


3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station Using the Co-Transmission Function In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted by using the co-transmission function. This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also provides illustrations of the cable connections.

Transmission Configuration Principles The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base station when co-transmission is implemented.



229


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-77 Transmission configuration principles Princi ple Classi ficatio n

BBU



Princip les classifi ed by transmi ssion modes

BBU3900

l For a GU dual-mode base station using the TDM-based co-transmission function, the UTRP homed on the GSM side or the GTMU provides transmission ports.


l For a GU dual-mode base station using the IP-based co-transmission function, the UTRP homed on the UMTS side, the WMPT, or the UMPT is preferentially used to provide transmission ports. l For a GL dual-mode base station, the UMPT is preferentially used to provide transmission ports. l In a UL dual-mode base station, the UTRP homed on the LTE side, the LMPT, or the UMPT is preferentially used to provide transmission ports. BBU3910

l The co-transmission function is used in coMPT base stations by default. In this case, the UMPTb is configured, and the IP over FE/GE transmission mode is preferentially used. l The co-transmission function also can be used in separate-MPT base stations. If the co-transmission function is used in a separate-MPT base station, the UMPTb is configured, and the IP over FE/GE transmission mode is preferentially used. If the transmission bandwidth needs to be extended, a UTRPc can be configured, and the UTRPc is preferentially used to provide transmission ports.



230


3 Cable Connections

Princi ple Classi ficatio n

BBU



Princip les classifi ed by base station types

-


l BTS3900A or BTS3900A L


l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l Outdoor DBS3900 l BTS3012A E (Ver.D_Z)

-


l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l Indoor DBS3900

-


l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l BTS3900A or BTS3900A L l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l DBS3900 l BTS3012A E (Ver.D_Z)



231


Princi ple Classi ficatio n

3 Cable Connections

BBU




Description Table 3-78 and Table 3-79 describe the transmission cable connections for a dual-mode base station (using the co-transmission function) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different transmission modes, respectively. Table 3-78 Transmission cable connections for a dual-mode base station (using the cotransmission function) configured with the BBU3900 Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


TDMbased cotransm ission

GU

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the GTMU provides an E1/T1 transmission port.


IPbased cotransm ission in IP over E1/T1 mode

GU


Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the UTRP provides E1/T1 transmission ports.

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides an E1/ T1 transmission port. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports or optical ports. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the UTRP provides E1/T1 transmission ports. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports or optical ports. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


232


Trans missi on Mode

IPbased cotransm ission in IP over FE/GE mode

3 Cable Connections

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


GL

The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT provides an E1/T1 transmission port. The UMPT communicates with the GTMU through the BBU backplane.


UL

The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the UTRP provides E1/T1 transmission ports. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports or optical ports.


GU

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/ GE electrical ports.


Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP2, and the UTRP2 provides FE/GE optical ports. The GTMU is interconnected with the UTRP by optical ports. Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides an FE/ GE optical port. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports. Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides an FE/ GE electrical port. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports. Scenario 5: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical or optical ports. The WMPT or UMPT communicates with the GTMU through the BBU backplane. Scenario 6: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb1 provides an FE/GE electrical port or an FE/GE optical port. The WMPT or UMPT communicates with the UMPTb1 through the BBU backplane.



233


Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


GL

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/ GE electrical ports.


Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE/GE optical port. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports. Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE/GE electrical port. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports. Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE/GE electrical port or an FE/GE optical port. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the GTMU through the BBU backplane. Scenario 5: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb1 provides an FE/GE electrical port or an FE/GE optical port. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the UMPTb1 through the BBU backplane. UL

Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/ GE electrical ports. Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE/GE optical port. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports. Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE/GE electrical port. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by optical ports.


Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE/GE electrical port or an FE/GE optical port. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the WMPT or UMPT through the BBU backplane. Scenario 5: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb1 provides an FE/GE electrical port or an FE/GE optical port. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the UMPTb1 through the BBU backplane. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


234


Trans missi on Mode

Route backu p and IPbased cotransm ission

3 Cable Connections

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


G*U, G*L, and U*L

The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb1 provides an FE/GE electrical port or an FE/GE optical port.


GU

Scenario 1: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide electrical ports. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports.


Scenario 2: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide optical ports. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports. GL

Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide electrical ports. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by optical ports. Scenario 2: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide optical ports. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports.

UL

Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the WMPT or UMPT provide electrical ports. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by optical ports. Scenario 2: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the WMPT or UMPT provide optical ports. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports.

Hybrid transm ission

UL

Scenario 1: The WMPT or UMPT provides an E1/ T1 transmission port, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE/GE optical port. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports. Scenario 2: The WMPT or UMPT provides an E1/ T1 transmission port, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE/GE electrical port. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by optical ports.



Illustrations 10 in Figure 3-83, Figure 3-84, Figure 3-85, and Figure 3-86 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1. Illustrations 11 in Figure 3-83, Figure 3-84, Figure 3-85, and Figure 3-86 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1. Illustrations 12 in Figure 3-83, Figure 3-84, Figure 3-85, and Figure 3-86 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

235


Trans missi on Mode

3 Cable Connections

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection



Table 3-79 Transmission cable connections for a dual-mode base station (using the cotransmission function) configured with the BBU3910 Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


IPbased cotransm ission in IP over FE/GE mode

GU

Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(U) provides an FE/GE optical port or an FE/GE electrical port.

Illustration 1 in Figure 3-87 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports. GL

Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(L) provides an FE/GE optical port or an FE/GE electrical port. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports.

UL

Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(L) provides an FE/GE optical port or an FE/GE electrical port. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports.

G*U, G*L, and U*L


Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides an FE/GE optical port or an FE/GE electrical port. Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports.


Illustration 2 in Figure 3-87 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1. Illustration 2 in Figure 3-87 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1. Illustration 3 in Figure 3-87 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

236


3 Cable Connections

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


Hybrid transm ission

G*U, G*L, and U*L

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides an FE/GE optical port or an FE/GE electrical port.

Illustration 4 in Figure 3-87 shows the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.

Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc. The UMPTb provides an FE/GE electrical port or an FE/ GE optical port, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports. Scenario 3: The BBU is configured with a UTRPa. The UMPTb provides an FE/GE electrical port or an FE/ GE optical port, and the UTRPa provides E1/T1 transmission ports.

a: The illustrations of transmission cable connections in Figure 3-87 apply to all types of base stations.



237


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station (Using the Co-Transmission Function) Configured with the BBU3900



238


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-83 Transmission cable connections for a BTS3900A or indoor DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D)

T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable

T3: 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports


T5: 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

T6: 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

T7: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

-



239


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-84 Transmission cable connections for a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable





-



240


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-85 Transmission cable connections for a BTS3900C or DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB


T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable






-



241


3 Cable Connections



T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable






-



242


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station (Using the Co-Transmission Function) Configured with the BBU3910 Figure 3-87 Transmission cable connections for a 3900 series base station



3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station Using the Separate-Transmission Function In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted using the separatetransmission function. This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also provides illustrations of the cable connections.

Transmission Configuration Principles The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base station using the separate-transmission function. Table 3-80 Transmission configuration principles Principle Classifica tion

BBU



Principles classified by transmissio n modes

BBU 3900 or BBU 3910

l In separate-MPT scenarios, data of different modes is separately transmitted.



l Data transmission of different modes does not affect each other.


243


3 Cable Connections

Principle Classifica tion

BBU



Principles classified by base station types

-


l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL


l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l Outdoor DBS3900 l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

-


l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l Indoor DBS3900

-


l BTS3900 or BTS3900L l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL l BTS3900C or DBS3900 using the OMB l DBS3900 l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)




244


3 Cable Connections

Description Table 3-81 and Table 3-82 describe the transmission cable connections for a dual-mode base station (using the separate-transmission function) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different transmission modes, respectively. Table 3-81 Transmission cable connections for a dual-mode base station (using the separatetransmission function) configured with the BBU3900 Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


GSM E1/T1 +UMT S E1/ T1

GU

Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide E1/ T1 transmission ports.


GSM FE/GE +UMT S FE/ GE

GU

Scenario 1: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide FE optical ports.


GSM E1/T1 +LTE FE/GE

GL

Scenario 2: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide FE electrical ports.

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP. The GTMU provides an E1/T1 transmission port, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE electrical or optical port. Scenario 2: The UTRP is configured for GSM. Both the GTMU and UTRP provide E1/T1 transmission ports, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE electrical or optical port.




245


3 Cable Connections

Trans missi on Mode

Appli cable Mode

Cable Connection


GSM FE/GE +LTE FE/GE

GL

Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the GTMU provide FE electrical ports.


UMTS E1/T1 +LTE FE/GE

UL

Scenario 2: The LMPT or UMPT provides an FE optical port, and the GTMU provides an FE electrical port.

Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP. The WMPT or UMPT provides an E1/T1 transmission port, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE electrical or FE optical port. Scenario 2: The UTRP is configured for UMTS. The UTRP provides an E1/T1 transmission port, and the LMPT or UMPT provides an FE electrical or FE optical port.

UMTS FE/GE +LTE FE/GE

UL

Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the WMPT or UMPT provide FE electrical ports. Scenario 2: The LMPT or UMPT provides an FE optical port, and the WMPT or UMPT provides an FE electrical port.

Illustrations 5 in Figure 3-88, Figure 3-89, Figure 3-90, and Figure 3-91 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1. Illustrations 6 in Figure 3-88, Figure 3-89, Figure 3-90, and Figure 3-91 show the transmission cable connections in scenario 1.




246


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-82 Transmission cable connections for a dual-mode base station (using the separatetransmission function) configured with the BBU3910 Transmission Mode

Appl icabl e Mod e

Cable Connection

Illustration of Cable Connection sa

l GSM E1/T1 +UMTS E1/ T1

GU

l For the GSM mode, the transmission cable can be connected to the E1/T1 port, FE/GE electrical port, or FE/GE optical port on the UMPT(G).

Illustration 1 in Figure 3-92 shows the transmission cable connections in this scenario.

l GSM E1/T1 +UMTS FE/ GE

l For the UMTS mode, the transmission cable can be connected to the E1/T1 port, FE/GE electrical port, or FE/GE optical port on the UMPT(U). A UTRPa can be configured for UMTS to provide an E1/T1 transmission port.

l GSM FE/GE +UMTS FE/ GE l GSM FE/GE +UMTS E1/ T1 l GSM E1/T1 +LTE FE/ GE

GL

l GSM FE/GE +LTE FE/ GE

l UMTS E1/ T1+LTE FE/ GE l UMTS FE/ GE+LTE FE/GE

l For the GSM mode, the transmission cable can be connected to the E1/T1 port, FE/GE electrical port, or FE/GE optical port on the UMPT(G). l For the LTE mode, the transmission cable can be connected to the FE/GE electrical port or FE/GE optical port on the UMPT(L).

UL

l For the UMTS mode, the transmission cable can be connected to the E1/T1 port, FE/GE electrical port, or FE/GE optical port on the UMPT(U). l For the LTE mode, the transmission cable can be connected to the FE/GE electrical port or FE/GE optical port on the UMPT(L).

Illustration 2 in Figure 3-92 shows the transmission cable connections in this scenario. Illustration 3 in Figure 3-92 shows the transmission cable connections in this scenario.

a: The illustrations of transmission cable connections in Figure 3-92 apply to all types of base stations.



247


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station (Using the Separate-Transmission Function) Configured with the BBU3900 Figure 3-88 Transmission cable connections for a BTS3900A or outdoor DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D)


T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable



-

-


-


248


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-89 Transmission cable connections for a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable





249


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-90 Transmission cable connections for a BTS3900C or DBS3900 configured with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB





-

-


-


250


3 Cable Connections






-

-


-


251


3 Cable Connections

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station (Using the Separate-Transmission Function) Configured with the BBU3910 Figure 3-92 Transmission cable connections for a 3900 series base station


3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station This section describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station in typical scenarios.

Description In this document, BBU 0 and BBU 1 are used to differentiate two BBUs in a triple-mode base station. l

In an expanded base station, BBU 0 is the one installed during the initial site deployment, and BBU 1 is the one added during the capacity expansion.

l

In a newly deployed base station, BBU 0 is the one working in GU or GL modes, and BBU 1 is the one working in LO or UO mode.

l

The difference between the GL+U configuration and U+GL configuration is as follows: The GL+U configuration applies to both a new base station and an expanded base station, whereas the U+GL configuration applies only to an expanded base station.

The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station in typical scenarios.



252


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-83 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station BBU

Triple-Mode Scenario

Working Mode of the BBU

Illustration of Cable Connections

BBU 3900

GU+L (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode.

GL+U (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode.

U+GL (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in UO mode, and BBU 1 works in GL modes.

G+UL (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GO mode, and BBU 1 works in UL modes.

l Transmission cable connections in GU modes are different for cotransmission and separatetransmission. For details, see 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station Using the CoTransmission Function and 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station Using the SeparateTransmission Function. l For transmission cable connections in LO mode, see 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections for a Single-Mode Base Station.

GU+L (UCIU +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

For details, see illustration 1 or 2 in Figure 3-93.

GL+U (UCIU +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

For details, see illustration 3 or 4 in Figure 3-93.

GU+UL (UCIU +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in UL modes. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

For details, see illustration 5 in Figure 3-93.

l G*U*L

The BBU is configured with a UMPTb1 and works in triplemode co-MPT scenarios.


l G*L*T



253


BBU

3 Cable Connections




l G[L*T]

The BBU is configured with a UMPTb1 and works in triplemode separate-MPT scenarios. The main control boards of different modes communicate with each other through the BBU backplane.


G*U*L +G*U*L (UCIU +UMPT)

Each BBU is configured with a UMPTb1 and works in GUL modes. The two BBUs are interconnected using the UCIU and UMPT.

BBU 0 supports the cotransmission function for GUL modes. Transmission cables are not connected to BBU 1. For transmission cable connections of BBU 0, see illustration 6 in Figure 3-93.

GU+L (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode.

GL+U (BBUs not interconnected)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode.

l Transmission cable connections in GU modes are different for cotransmission and separatetransmission. For details, see 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station Using the CoTransmission Function and 3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections for a Dual-Mode Base Station Using the SeparateTransmission Function.

l U[L*T] l G[U*T]

BBU 3910

l For transmission cable connections in LO mode, see 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections for a Single-Mode Base Station. GU+L (UMPT +UMPT)


BBU 0 works in GU modes, and BBU 1 works in LO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UMPT boards.


The UMPTb(L) is preferentially used to provide an FE/GE optical port or FE/GE electrical port. For details about the transmission cable connections, see illustration 1 in Figure 3-94.

254


BBU

3 Cable Connections




GL+U (UMPT +UMPT)

BBU 0 works in GL modes, and BBU 1 works in UO mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are interconnected using the UMPT boards.

The UMPTb(L) is preferentially used to provide an FE/GE optical port or FE/GE electrical port. For details about the transmission cable connections, see illustration 2 in Figure 3-94.

G*U*L

The BBU is configured with a UMPTb and works in GUL coMPT mode.


Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station Configured with the BBU3900 The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station configured with the BBU3900.



255


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-93 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all types of triple-mode base stations)


Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station Configured with the BBU3910 The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station configured with the BBU3910.



256


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-94 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all types of triple-mode base stations)


3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station This section describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in typical scenarios.

Description The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in typical scenarios. Table 3-84 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station BBU

Base Stati on



BBU 3900

G*U* L*T base statio n

A single BBU is configured with a UMPTb1 and works in quadruple modes.

For details, see Figure 3-95.



257


3 Cable Connections

BBU

Base Stati on



BBU 3910

G*U* L*T base statio n

l In a newly deployed base station, a single BBU is configured with a UMPTb and works in quadruple modes. If active/standby backup of main control boards or signaling extension is required, a second UMPTb needs to be configured.

For details, see Figure 3-95.

l If a co-MPT single-, dual-, or triple-mode base station configured with one BBU requires capacity expansion, the original main control board needs to be reserved. If the base station requires signaling extension, a second UMPTb needs to be configured. l If a base station needs to be expanded to a co-MPT base station configured with two BBUs, both BBU 0 and BBU 1 need to be configured with a UMPTb.

Illustration of Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station Configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station. Figure 3-95 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station (applying to all types of quadruple-mode base stations)


3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.



258


3 Cable Connections

3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

BTS3900 (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE

When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 AC Cabinet (110 V or 220 V) The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V or 220 V). Figure 3-96 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-85 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet No.

Description

S1 and S2

For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.2.15 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.



259


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4

For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs.

S5 and S6

For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S7

For details, see 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S8 and S9

For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (-48 V) The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Figure 3-97 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-86 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V) No.

Description

S1 and S2


S3




260


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4


S5


S6 and S7


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (+24 V) The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V). Figure 3-98 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections.



261


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-87 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V) No.

Description

S1 and S2


S3


S4


S5


S6 and S7


S8

For details, see 8.1.8 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable.

S9 and S10

For details, see 8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890 NOTE

The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890. Figure 3-99 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890



262


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side. Figure 3-100 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side

Table 3-88 Monitoring signal cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 No.

Description

S1




263


3 Cable Connections

BTS3900 (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V or 220 V). Figure 3-101 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-89 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet No.

Description

S1 and S2




264


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S3

For details, see 8.2.16 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units.

S5 and S6


S7


S8 and S9


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V). Figure 3-102 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-90 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V) No.

Description

S1




265


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S2


S3 and S6


S4


S5


BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power.



266


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-103 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power. Table 3-91 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC No.

Description

S1


S2

For details, see 8.2.17 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.



267


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-104 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power. Table 3-92 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC +1 IMS06 (for power backup) No.

Description

S1


S2


S3




268


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4

For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for the Temperature Sensor.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power. Figure 3-105 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power.



269


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-93 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC +1 IMS06 (for transmission) No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 2 BTS3900 DCs and supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-106 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 2 BTS3900 DCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-94 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 2 BTS3900 DCs No.

Description

S1 and S2




270


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S3


S4

For details, see 8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.

S5


S6 and S7


3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.

BTS3900L (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE

When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario.



271


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-107 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet. Table 3-95 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


S4 and S5




272


3 Cable Connections

BTS3900L (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station. NOTE


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario. Figure 3-108 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC scenario




273


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-96 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


S4 and S5


BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L (Ver.D). NOTE


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario.



274


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-109 Monitoring signal cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-97 Monitoring signal cables in BTS3900L No.

Description

S1


S2


S3

For details, see PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.



275


3 Cable Connections

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario. Figure 3-110 Monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-98 Monitoring signal cables in the BTS3900L No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


S4 and S5




276


3 Cable Connections

3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is configured with enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.D).

BTS3900A (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.B) in different power supply scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply Scenario NOTE

l The position of the CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU. Figure 3-111 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU



277


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-99 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU No.

Description

S0

For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S1 and S2

For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5

For details, see 8.2.5 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.

S6

For details, see 8.2.18 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Battery Cabinet.

S7

For details, see 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor.

S8


S9


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU.



278


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-112 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU

Table 3-100 describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-100 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU No.

Description

S0


S1, S2, and S5


S3


S4


S6 and S8


S7




279


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S9


S10


S11


S12


When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections. Figure 3-113 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs




280


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-101 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs No.

Description

S0


S1, S2, and S5


S3


S4


S6 and S8


S7


S9


S10


S11


S12


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.



281


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-114 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H and one BBU

Table 3-102 describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-102 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H and one BBU No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2


S3


S4


S5


S6




282


3 Cable Connections

When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC11H, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections. Figure 3-115 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs

BTS3900A (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.C) in different power supply scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply Scenario NOTE

l The position of the CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.



283


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU. Figure 3-116 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-103 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2

For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable.



284


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4


S5

For details, see 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.

S6


S7


S8


S9


S10


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU. Figure 3-117 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU



285


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-104 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU No.

Description

S0


S1, S2, and S5


S3


S4


S6 and S8


S7


S9


S10


S11


S12


When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.



286


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-118 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-105 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs No.

Description

S0


S1, S2, and S5


S3


S4


S6 and S8


S7




287


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S9


S10


S11


S12


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU. Figure 3-119 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H and one BBU



288


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-106 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H and one BBU No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2


S3


S4


S5


S6


S7


When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC11H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.



289


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-120 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-107 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs No.

Description

S0

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor.

S1 and S2

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable Between the CMUE and the BBU.

S3

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/EMUB.

S4

For details, see Signal Cable for the ELU.



290


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S5

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.

S6

For details, see Temperature Monitoring Signal Cable for the RFC.

S7

For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor in the TMC11H.

BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.D) in different power supply scenarios. NOTE

l The position of the CMUEA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUEA in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right positions. l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.



291


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-121 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-108 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2

For details, see 8.2.13 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3


S4


S5

For details, see 8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.

S6


S7 and S9




292


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S8


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-122 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-109 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2


S3




293


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4


S5


S6


S7 and S9


S8


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H. Figure 3-123 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H




294


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-110 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2


S3

For details, see 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4


S5


S6


S7 and S9


S8


S10

For details, see HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H.



295


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-124 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-111 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs +1 TMC11H No.

Description

S0


S1 and S2


S3




296


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S4


S5


S6


BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario NOTE

If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in the figures.

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-125 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs



297


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-112 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs No.

Description

S1


S2


S3

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB

S4

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan on the Front Door

S5

Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status Sensor in an APM30H

S6 and S14

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8


S9 and S17


S10 and S16

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Fan Assembly in the RFC

S11 and S12

8.1.6 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

S13, S18, and S19


S15


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.



298


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-126 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-113 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs No.

Description

S1 and S11


S2

Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/ EMUB CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S3


S4 and S6


S5 and S12

ELU Signal Cable

S7


S8 and S14


S9 and S10




299


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S13


BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-127 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs




300


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-114 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs No.

Description

S0


S1

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor for Storage Batteries

S2


S3


S4

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan at the Top of a Cabinet

S5, S15, and S20


S6 and S14

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8


S9 and S17


S10 and S16


S11 and S12


S13 and S18


S19

Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.



301


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-128 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-115 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs No.

Description

S0 and S13


S1


S2


S3, S5, and S15


S4


S6 and S14

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8


S9




302


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S10 and S16


S11 and S12


3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet.

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A).

Monitoring signal cable connections in 110 V AC/220 V AC scenarios Scenario with a Single BBU The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL AC cabinet, one BTS3900AL DC cabinet, and one TMC11H (Ver.D). Figure 3-129 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 BBU

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


303


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-116 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 BBU No.

Description

S0

For details, see 8.2.3 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs.

S1

For details, see 8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S2

For details, see 8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S3

For details, see 8.2.11 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S5


S6

For details, see 8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module.

S7


S8

For details, see 8.2.12 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S9

For details, see 8.2.14 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.

S10

For details, see 8.2.4 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S11

For details, see 8.2.8 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.

S12


Scenario with Two BBUs The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL AC cabinet, one BTS3900AL DC cabinet, and one TMC11H (Ver.D). This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700D. The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are the same.



304


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-130 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 BBUs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-117 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 BBUs No.

Description

S0


S1


S2


S3

For details, see 8.2.11 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.

S4

For details, see 8.4.13 Inter-BBU Signal Cables.

S5


S6


S7




305


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S8


S9


S10 and S11


S12


S13


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL AC cabinet, one BTS3900AL DC cabinet, and one IBBS700D cabinet. This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700D. The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are the same. Figure 3-131 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 IBBS700D+2 BBUs




306


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-118 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 IBBS700D+2 BBUs No.

Description

S0 and S4


S1


S2


S3


S5


S6


S7


S8


S9


S10 and S11


S12


S13


Monitoring signal cable connections in -48 V DC scenarios Scenario with a Single BBU The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet.



307


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-132 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 BBU

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-119 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 BBU No.

Description

S0


S1


S2


S3


S4


S5


S6


S7




308


3 Cable Connections

Scenario with Two BBUs The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet. Figure 3-133 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 BBUs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-120 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 BBUs No.

Description

S0


S1


S2


S3 and S4


S5




309


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S6


S7


S8


S9


3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 This section describes monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using different cabinets.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C).

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B).



310


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-134 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-121 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1

HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S4

PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable

S3 and S5


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C).



311


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-135 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-122 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1


S2 and S4

PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable

S3 and S5


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C).



312


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-136 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-123 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1


S2 and S4


S3 and S5


S6

8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B).



313


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-137 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B) S1

S2 S3

S1

S1

S2

S6

S1

S5

S6 S4

S6 S4

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-124 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1


S2 and S4


S3 and S5


S6

8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C). Figure 3-138 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)



314


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-125 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1


S2 and S4


S3 and S5


S6

8.2.5 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If two BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0 is installed in the basic cabinet and BBU 1 is installed in the extension cabinet. The monitoring boards in all cabinets are connected to BBU 0, and the monitoring scheme is the same as that in dual-mode scenarios. The following figure uses the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station when BBUs are installed in two APM30Hs (Ver.B) as an example. Figure 3-139 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)




315


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-126 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1


S2 and S4


S3 and S5


S6

8.2.5 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two TMC11Hs (Ver.B). Figure 3-140 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-127 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1 and S2




316


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two TMC11Hs (Ver.C). Figure 3-141 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-128 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1 and S2


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If a triplemode base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC. The monitoring boards in all cabinets are connected to BBU 0, and the monitoring scheme is the same as that in dual-mode scenarios. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station when the BBUs are installed in two TMC11Hs (Ver.B). Figure 3-142 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)



317


3 Cable Connections

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-129 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B) No.

Description

S1 and S2


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.D).

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station Figure 3-143 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D). Figure 3-143 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Table 3-130 describes the monitoring signal cables. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


318


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-130 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3

8.2.13 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

Figure 3-144 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D). Figure 3-144 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

Table 3-131 describes the monitoring signal cables.



319


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-131 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


Figure 3-145 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). Figure 3-145 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)




320


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-132 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


S5

8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

Figure 3-146 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D). Figure 3-146 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)




321


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-133 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3

8.2.18 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Battery Cabinet

S5

8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D. Figure 3-147 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D

No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3




322


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T. Figure 3-148 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T

No.

Description

S1


S4

8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

S2 and S3


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If two BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H (Ver.D). If the base station is not configured with a TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 2 U space below BBU 0 in the basic APM30H (Ver.D). If the base station is configured with a TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D). Figure 3-149 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D). Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


323


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-149 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)

Table 3-134 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-134 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


Figure 3-150 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D). NOTE

When a base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-150.



324


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-150 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)

Table 3-135 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-135 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


Figure 3-150 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) +2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). NOTE

When a base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections for the base station are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-151.



325


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-151 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

Table 3-136 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-136 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3




326


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-152 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) +2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D). NOTE

When a base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-152.

Figure 3-152 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)




327


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-137 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S4


S2 and S3


In a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/T, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dualmode base station with the same cabinet configuration. The second BBU does not perform the monitoring function. For detailed cable connections, see Figure 3-147 and Figure 3-148.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario NOTE

If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in the figures.

When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.



328


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-153 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-138 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


S4


S5

Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status Sensor in an APM30H

S6

ELU Signal Cable

S7 and S8


S9 and S10




329


3 Cable Connections

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMC11Hs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-154 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-139 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


S4 and S6


S5

ELU Signal Cable

S6


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


330


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-155 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-140 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC No.

Description

S0


S1

Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature Sensor for Storage Batteries

S2


S3


S4


S5 and S10


S6

ELU Signal Cable



331


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S7 and S8


S9


S11 and S12


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure. Figure 3-156 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-141 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs No.

Description

S0


S1


S2


S3 and S5


S4




332


3 Cable Connections

No.

Description

S6


S7 and S8


Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D) This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.D).

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D). Figure 3-157 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-142 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two BBUs and one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D). Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


333


3 Cable Connections

NOTE

When the base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections in the base station is the same as those in the base station where two BBUs are installed in two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) separately, as shown by illustration 2 in Figure 3-158.

Figure 3-158 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)

Table 3-143 describes the monitoring signal cables. Table 3-143 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) No.

Description

S1 and S2


Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03 This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03. l

For details about the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the IMB03 or IMB03+IFS06, see DBS3900 Installation Guide and DBS3900 (ICR) Installation Guide.

l

If a DBS3900 uses the OMB or IMB03, the DBS3900 can be configured as a single- or dual-mode base station. If a DBS3900 uses the IMB03+IFS06, the DBS3900 can be configured as a triple-mode base station.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB.



334


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-159 Monitoring signal cable connections in the AC OMB S2

S2

S1 S4 S1 S2

S3

S3 S5

S5

S4

S2

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-144 Monitoring signal cable connections in the AC OMB No.

Description

S1


S2


S3

8.2.10 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

S5


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the AC OMB (Ver.C).



335


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-160 Monitoring signal cable connections in the AC OMB (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-145 Monitoring signal cable connections in the AC OMB (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1


S2 and S3

8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

S4


S5

8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box

S6


S7

8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

S8

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for the Temperature Sensor



336


3 Cable Connections

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB. Figure 3-161 Monitoring signal cable connections in the DC OMB

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-146 Monitoring signal cable connections in the DC OMB No.

Description

S1


S2


S3


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the DC OMB (Ver.C).



337


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-162 Monitoring signal cable connections in the DC OMB (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-147 Monitoring signal cable connections in the DC OMB (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1


S2 and S3

8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

S4


S5


S6


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TP48600A. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and two BBUs are Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


338


3 Cable Connections

installed in the TP48600A. This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections when an IBBS700D is used as an example. The monitoring signal cable connections when an IBBS700T is used are the same those when an IBBS700D is used. NOTE

If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, one CCU-BBU signal cable is required.

Figure 3-163 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-148 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) No.

Description

S1 and S2

8.2.4 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S3

8.2.11 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

S4

8.2.3 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900 This section describes signal cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power.



339


3 Cable Connections

Signal Cable Connections in a DC IBC10 The following figure shows signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-164 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10

The following table describes signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power.



340


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-149 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 No.

Description

S0

Monitoring signal cable for fan assemblies

S1

ELU signal cable

S2

Signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

S3 and S4

Monitoring signal cables for the temperature sensors at the air intake vents of the BBUs

S5 to S14

GPS clock signal cables

3.3.6 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is configured with different types of cabinets.

BTS3900C WCDMA Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section describes the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet and BTS3900C DC cabinet. l

BTS3900C AC cabinet Figure 3-165 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet. Figure 3-165 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet

Table 3-150 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


341


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-150 Signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet SN

l

Cable

S1

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S2

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan

S3


S4


S5


S6

8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

BTS3900C DC cabinet Figure 3-166 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet. Figure 3-166 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet

Table 3-151 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. Table 3-151 Signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet SN


Cable

S1

Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

S2

Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B

S3

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

342


3 Cable Connections

SN

Cable

S4


S5


BTS3900C (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections This section provides reference for onsite installation of monitoring signal cables.

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet (110 V or 220 V) Only one BBU can be installed in a BTS3900C. The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900C Cabinet supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power. Figure 3-167 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C AC cabinet

The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections. Table 3-152 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet Cable No.

Cable Description

S1




343


3 Cable Connections

Cable No.

Cable Description

S2


S3


S4


S5

8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box

S6


S7

8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

S8


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900C cabinet supplied with -48 V DC power. Figure 3-168 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C DC cabinet

The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections.



344


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-153 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet Cable No.

Cable Description

S1


S2


S3


S4


S5


S6


3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are configured. NOTE

When the two BBUs are interconnected to support triple or quadruple modes, BBU 0 is the root BBU, and BBU 1 is the leaf BBU.

UCIU+UMPT In a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with two BBUs, triple or quadruple modes can be supported by connecting the UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. In a UMTS singlemode base station, the UMTS service processing capacity can be expanded by connecting the UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. Any port from M0 to M4 on the UCIU in BBU 0 can be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an inter-BBU signal cable, as shown in Figure 3-169. NOTE

In UCIU+UMPT mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 should be BBU3900s. In UCIU+UMPT mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of BBU 1. The following table lists the BBU configurations in single-, triple-, or quadruple-mode scenarios supporting UCIU +UMPT mode.

Table 3-154 BBU configurations Scenario

BBU 0

BBU 1

Triple-mode scenario

GU

L

GL

U

GU

UL

G*U*L

G*U*L

GU

L*T

G[L*T]

U

Quadruple-mode scenario



345


3 Cable Connections

Scenario

BBU 0

BBU 1

Single-mode scenario

U

U

Figure 3-169 Signal cable connection between the UCIU and the UMPT

UMPT+UMPT In a triple-mode base station configured with two BBUs, triple modes can be supported by connecting the UMPT in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. The CI port on the UMPT in BBU 0 can be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an inter-BBU signal cable, as shown in Figure 3-170. NOTE

In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 can have the following composition: l

BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3900s.

l

BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3910s.

l

BBU 0 is BBU3900, BBU 1 is BBU3910.

In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of both BBU 0 and BBU 1. The following table lists the BBU configurations in UMPT+UMPT mode.

Table 3-155 BBU configurations Scenario

BBU 0

BBU 1


GU

L

GL

U

GU

UL

G*U*L

G*U*L

GU

L*T

G[L*T]

U

U

U

Quadruple-mode scenario




346


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-170 Connections of the Interconnection Signal Cable Between UMPT boards

Baseband Interconnection The baseband processing boards in two BBUs can be connected to exchange baseband data. The following table describes the baseband interconnection scenarios. Table 3-156 Baseband interconnection scenarios Scenario

BBU 0

BBU 1

Description

Baseband Interconnecti on Mode


GU

UL

Supported only in UCIU +UMPT mode

WBBPf +WBBPf


U

U

-

WBBPf +UBBPd_U UBBPd_U +UBBPd_U

The connections of the interconnection signal cables between two WBBPf boards, between the WBBPf and UBBPd in UMTS mode, and between the UBBPd in UMTS mode and UBBPd in UMTS mode are the same. Figure 3-171 shows the connections of the interconnection signal cable between the WBBPf and WBBPf. NOTE

Only the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in slot 2 or 3 of a BBU can be connected to the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in another BBU.

Figure 3-171 Connections of the interconnection signal cable



347


3 Cable Connections

3.5 CPRI Cable Connections CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, base station.

3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections for a GSM Base Station This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GSM base station.

Description The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GSM base station in typical scenarios.



348


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-157 Principles of CPRI cable connections BBU

Board Configuration Principle and Networking Principle

CPRI Cable Connection Principle

Illustratio n of Cable Connectio ns

BBU390 0

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by RF modules, a GTMU or UMPT can be configured as the main control board, and the UBRI can be configured based on actual requirements.

l If the UBBP is configured, CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be connected to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

Figure 3-172 shows the CPRI cable connections when GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules.

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by the baseband processing board, the UBBP(G)a is required.

l If the GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules, CPRI cable connections are as follows: – CPRI cables are connected to the GTMU when a GTMU is configured. – CPRI cables are connected to the UBRI when a UMPT is configured. l If RFUs and RRUs are configured together, CPRI cable connections are as follows: – CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the same UBRI when at most six CPRI ports are required. – It is recommended that CPRI cables for all RFUs be connected to a UBRI and CPRI cables for all RRUs be connected to another UBRI when more than six CPRI ports are required.



Figure 3-173 shows the CPRI cable connections when GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board.

349


3 Cable Connections

BBU




BBU391 0

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by RF modules, the UBRIb is required.

l If GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules, the UBRIb in any of slots 0 to 5 provides CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-172 shows the CPRI cable connections when GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules.

l When GSM baseband signals need to be processed by the baseband processing board, the UBBP(G) is required.

l If GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board, the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 provides CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-173 shows the CPRI cable connections when GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board.

a: The UBBP(G) is not a board type but a UBBP working in GSM mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.

Table 3-158 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL modes preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L).



350


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-158 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP and UBRIb boards Working Mode of an RF module

Connection Priority

GUL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)

UL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

GL

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb

LO


GU

UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb

UO


GO

UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO) > UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)

Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections NOTE

A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with both RFUs and RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI ports are as follows: l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU 0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. l If a base station is configured with both RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.

Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios.



351


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-172 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules

Figure 3-173 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board

3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections for a UMTS Base Station This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a UMTS base station.

Description The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a UMTS base station in typical scenarios.



352


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-159 Principles of CPRI cable connections BBU




BBU390 0

The UBBP(U)a is preferentially configured. Alternatively, the WBBP can be configured.

CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP or WBBP in slot 2 or 3. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP or WBBP.

Figure 3-174 shows the CPRI cable connections .

BBU391 0

Only the UBBP(U) can be configured as the baseband processing board.

The CPRI cables for RF modules can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP (U) in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.

Table 3-160 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL modes preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L). Table 3-160 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to UBBP and UBRIb boards Working Mode of an RF module

Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO




353


3 Cable Connections

Working Mode of an RF module

Connection Priority

GO




Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-174 CPRI cable connections in a UMTS base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910



354


3 Cable Connections

3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an LTE FDD and an LTE TDD Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for an LTE FDD and an LTE TDD base stations.

Description The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for an LTE FDD and an LTE TDD base stations in typical scenarios. Table 3-161 Principles of CPRI cable connections BB U

Ba se Sta tio n




BB U39 00

LT E FD D bas e stat ion

The UBBP(L)a is preferentially configured. Alternatively, the LBBP can be configured.

The CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP or LBBP in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP or LBBP.

Figure 3-175 shows the CPRI cable connections.

LT E TD D bas e stat ion

The UBBP(T) is preferentially configured. Alternatively, the LBBP can be configured.

l An LTE TDD base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The CPRI cables for RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP(T) or LBBP in any of slots 0 to 5.


LT E FD D bas e stat ion

Only the UBBP(L) can be configured as the baseband processing board.

The CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP(L) in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP(L).


BB U39 10



355


BB U

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n




LT E TD D bas e stat ion

Only the UBBP(T) can be configured as the baseband processing board.

l An LTE TDD base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The CPRI cables for RRUs can be connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP(T) in any of slots 0 to 5.


a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE FDD mode. The UBBP(T) in this section is a UBBP working in LTE TDD mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.


Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO


GO




356


3 Cable Connections



Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-175 CPRI cable connections in an LTE FDD base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910



357


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-176 CPRI cable connections in an LTE TDD base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910

3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U base stations.

Description The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U base stations in typical scenarios.



358


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-163 Principles of CPRI cable connections BB U

Ba se Sta tio n




BB U39 00

G* U bas e stat ion

l The CPRI MUX feature is used by default.

l When the UBBP(U)a and UBBP(G) are configured, any of UBBP boards can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-177 shows the CPRI cable connections when the UBBP(U) and UBBP(G) are configured.

l The UBBP is preferentially configured. The UBBP can serve either as the converging part to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules or as the converged party. The peer board can be a UBBP, WBBPf, or UBRIb. l If the UBBP is not configured, the WBBPf and UBRIb are required.

l If the UBBP(U) and UBRIb are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBBP(G) and WBBPf are configured, either of them can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBRIb and WBBPf are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l RF modules work in modes including GSM mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3 by using CPRI cables. l RF modules work in modes including UMTS mode can connect to the UBBP in slot 2 or 3 by using CPRI cables.



359


BB U

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n




GU bas e stat ion

l The dual-star topology is used by default.

When the dual-star topology is used, the cable connection principles are as follows:

l The UBBP is optionally configured.

l RF modulesb working in GU modes connect to the baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in GSM and UMTS modes.

Figure 3-178 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used.

l When a GU base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the BBU must be configured with the GTMUb.

l When a GU base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the RFUs and RRUs working in GSM mode connect to the GTMUb and UBRI boards, respectively.

Figure 3-179 shows the CPRI cable connections when the CPRI MUX feature is used and the UBBP is configured.

When the CPRI MUX feature is used, the cable connection principles are as follows: l If the UBBP is configured, the UBBP(U) can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, and the UBBP(U) must be installed in slot 2 or 3. l If the UBBP is not configured, the WBBPf can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.



360


3 Cable Connections

BB U

Ba se Sta tio n




BB U39 10

G* U bas e stat ion


There is no constraints on the slots for installing UBBP boards serving as the converging and converged parties. The UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 can provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.


RF modules working in GU modes connect to the UBBP(U) and UBBP(G) to form a dualstat topology. The UBBP can be configured in any of slots 0 to 5.


l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board. l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

GU bas e stat ion

l The dual-star topology is used by default. l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board. l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode. The UBBP(G) in this section is a UBBP working in GSM mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.




361


3 Cable Connections


Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO


GO


In addition to the preceding principles, there are some common principles, as described as follows: l

When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules working in GSM mode and RF modules working in UMTS mode can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

l

In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded. – In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in the same mode. – In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in GO, UO, and GU modes.





362


3 Cable Connections

Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-177 CPRI cable connections in a G*U base station configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Figure 3-178 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the BBU3900 and enabled with the dual-star topology



363


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-179 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Figure 3-180 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L base stations. The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L base stations in typical scenarios.



364


3 Cable Connections


Ba se Sta tio n




BB U39 00

G* L bas e stat ion


l When the UBBP(L)a and UBBP(G) are configured, any of UBBP boards can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-181 shows the CPRI cable connections when the UBBP(L) and UBBP(G) are configured.

l The UBBP is preferentially configured. The UBBP can serve either as the converging part to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules or as the converged party. The peer board can be a UBBP, LBBPd, or UBRIb. l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd and UBRIb are required. The UBRIb must be configured in slot 0 or 1, and at least one LBBPd is configured in slots 2 and 3.

l If the UBBP(L) and UBRIb are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBBP(G) and LBBPd are configured, either of them can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBRIb and LBBPd are configured, only the UBRIb can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l RF modules work in modes including GSM mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3 by using CPRI cables. l RF modules work in modes including LTE mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 by using CPRI cables. l The load sharing topology can be used. If the UBRIb and LBBPd are not configured, one CPRI cable for a dual-mode RF module is connected to the baseband processing board and the other one is connected to the baseband interface board whose



365


BB U

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n




working mode is different from that of the baseband processing board. GL bas e stat ion




l RF modulesb working in GL modes connect to the baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in GSM and LTE modes.

l When a GU base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the BBU must be configured with the GTMUb.

l When a GL base station configured with both RFUs and RRUs working in modes including GSM mode, the RFUs and RRUs working in GSM mode connect to the GTMUb and UBRI boards, respectively.

Figure 3-182 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used. Figure 3-183 shows the CPRI cable connections when the CPRI MUX feature is used and the UBBP is configured.

When the CPRI MUX feature is used, the cable connection principles are as follows: l If the UBBP is configured, the UBBP(L) can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, and the UBBP(L) must be installed in slot 2 or 3. l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.



366


3 Cable Connections

BB U

Ba se Sta tio n




BB U39 10

G* L bas e stat ion




RF modules working in GL modes connect to the UBBP(G) and UBBP(L) to form a dualstat topology. The UBBP can be configured in any of slots 0 to 5.


l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board. l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

GL bas e stat ion

l The dual-star topology is used by default. l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board. l RRU3004 and DRFU modules cannot connect to the BBU3910.

a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(G) in this section is a UBBP working in GSM mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.




367


3 Cable Connections


Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO


GO



When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules working in GSM mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

l

In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded. – In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in the same mode. – In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in GO, LO, and GL modes.





368


3 Cable Connections

Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-181 CPRI cable connections in a G*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Figure 3-182 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the BBU3900 and enabled with the dual-star topology



369


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-183 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Figure 3-184 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L base stations. The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L base stations in typical scenarios.



370


3 Cable Connections


Ba se Sta tio n




BB U39 00

U* L bas e stat ion


l If the UBBP(L)a and UBBP (U) are configured, any of UBBP boards can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules.

Figure 3-185 shows the CPRI cable connections when the UBBP(L) and UBBP(U) are configured.

l The UBBP is preferentially configured. The UBBP can serve either as the converging part to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules or as the converged party. The peer board can be a UBBP, LBBPd, or WBBPf. l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd and WBBPf are required. In this case, the LBBPd or WBBPf must be configured in slot 2 or 3.


l If the UBBP(L) and WBBPf are configured, either of them must be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l If the UBBP(U) and LBBPd are configured, the UBBP (U) or LBBPd can be used to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. l RF modules work in modes including UMTS mode can connect to the UBBP in slot 2 or 3 by using CPRI cables. l RF modules work in modes including LTE mode can connect to the UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5 by using CPRI cables. l The load sharing topology can be used. If the WBBPf and LBBPd are not configured, one CPRI cable for a dual-mode RF module is connected to the baseband processing board and the other one is connected to the baseband interface board whose working mode is different from that of the baseband processing board.


371


BB U

3 Cable Connections

Ba se Sta tio n




UL bas e stat ion




l RF modulesb working in GL modes connect to the baseband processing boards working in UMTS and LTE modes.

Figure 3-186 shows the CPRI cable connections when the dual-star topology is used.

l If the UBBP is not configured and the CPRI MUX feature is used, the LBBPd and WBBPf are required. In this case, the LBBPd or WBBPf must be configured in slot 2 or 3.

When the CPRI MUX feature is used, the cable connection principles are as follows: l If the UBBP is configured, the UBBP(L) or UBBP(U) can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules, and the UBBP(L) or UBBP(U) must be configured in slot 2 or 3.

Figure 3-187 shows the CPRI cable connections when the CPRI MUX feature is used and the UBBP is configured.

l If the UBBP is not configured, the LBBPd or WBBPf can serve as the converging party to provide CPRI ports for connecting to RF modules. BB U39 10


U* L bas e stat ion


UL bas e stat ion


l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board.

l Only the UBBP can be configured as the baseband processing board.



RF modules working in GL modes connects to the UBBP (U) and UBBP(L) to form a dual-stat topology. The UBBP can be configured in any of slots 0 to 5.



372


3 Cable Connections

BB U

Ba se Sta tio n




a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(U) in this section is a UBBP working in UMTS mode. b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.


Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO


GO



When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules working in UMTS mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.

l

In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded.



373


3 Cable Connections

– In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in the same mode. – In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in UO, LO, and UL modes.



Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios. Figure 3-185 CPRI cable connections in a U*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature



374


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-186 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the BBU3900 and enabled with the dual-star topology

Figure 3-187 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3900 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature



375


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-188 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology

3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a triple-mode base station in typical scenarios. The following table describes the CPRI cable connections for a triple-mode base stations in typical scenarios.



376


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-169 CPRI cable connections BBU

Base Station



BBU39 00

Separate-MPT base station configured with two BBU3900s

-

For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in UMTS mode, see 3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections for a UMTS Base Station.

l GU+L base station (BBUs not interconnect ed.) l GL+U base station (BBUs not interconnect ed.)

For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in LTE mode, see 3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an LTE FDD and an LTE TDD Base Stations. For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in GU modes, see 3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations. For details about the CPRI cable connections of the BBU working in GL modes, see 3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations.



377


BBU

3 Cable Connections

Base Station



Separate-MPT base station configured with two BBU3900s: GU+L or GL+U base station in UCIU+UMPT mode

l RF modules working in dual modes are connected to the BBU by using the dual-star topology.

Figure 3-189 shows the CPRI cable connections for a GU +L base station in UCIU+UMPT mode.

Separate-MPT base station configured with one BBU

l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology.

l G[U*L] base station l G[L*T] base station l U[L*T] base station l G[U*T] base station


l It is recommended that multimode RF modules working in co-MPT scenarios be connected to the BBU by using the CPRI MUX feature. l Multimode RF modules working in separate-MPT scenarios are connected to the BBU by using the dual-star topology. l RF modules working in LTE TDD mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology. These RF modules only can be single-mode RRUs.

Figure 3-190 shows the CPRI cable connections in G [U*L] scenarios. Figure 3-191 shows the CPRI cable connections in G [L*T] scenarios. The CPRI cable connections in G [L*T], U[L*T], and G[U*T] scenarios are the same as those in G [L*T] scenarios.

l RRU3961 modules that can work in GUL modes are connected to the WBBPf and GTMU in the BBU by using the dual-star topology.



378


BBU

3 Cable Connections

Base Station



Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU


Figure 3-192 shows the CPRI cable connections in G*U*L scenarios.

l G*U*L base station l G*L*T base station

l Dual-mode RF modules are connected to the BBU by using the CPRI MUX feature. – The CPRI cables for RF modules working in GU and GL modes are connected to the CPRI ports on the UBRI, and the CPRI cables for RF modules working in UL modes are connected to the CPRI ports on the WBBPf.

Figure 3-193 shows the CPRI cable connections in G*L*T scenarios.

– RRU3961 modules that can work in GUL modes are connected to the UBRIb. l The load sharing topology can be used. If no baseband processing board or baseband interface board is configured to support the CPRI MUX feature, CPRI cables for multimode RF modules are connected to baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in different modes. Co-MPT base station configured with two BBUs: G*U*L+G*U*L base station in UCIU+UMPT mode



-

l RF modules working in GL modes are connected to the UBRI in a BBU by using the single-star topology. l RF modules working in GU modes are connected to the UBRI and WBBP in a BBU by using the dualstar topology.


379


3 Cable Connections

BBU

Base Station



BBU39 10

Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU



l G*U*L base station

l The CPRI MUX feature is used for dual-mode RF modules by default. These RF modules connect to corresponding UBBP boardsb in order of prioritya. l The load sharing topology can be used. If no baseband processing board or baseband interface board is configured to support the CPRI MUX feature, CPRI cables for multimode RF modules are connected to baseband processing boards or baseband interface boards working in different modes.

a: The priority based on the working modes of RF modules is GUL > UL > GL > LO > GU > UO > GO. For example, RF modules working in GUL modes preferentially connect to the BBU and then the RF modules working in UL modes connect to the BBU. RF modules working in other modes are connected to the BBU in order of priority. b: According to the working modes of the UBBP boards, the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards are listed in Table 3-170. For example, an RF module working in GUL modes preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L).


Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU




380


3 Cable Connections


Connection Priority

UO


GO




Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI cable connections in typical scenarios.



381


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-189 CPRI cable connections for a GU+L base station configured with two BBU3900s interconnected in UCIU+UMPT mode



382


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-190 CPRI cable connections for a G[U*L] base station configured with one BBU3900



383


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-191 CPRI cable connections for a G[L*T] base station configured with one BBU3900



384


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-192 CPRI cable connections for a G*U*L base station configured with one BBU3900



385


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-193 CPRI cable connections for a G*L*T base station configured with one BBU3900



386


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-194 CPRI cable connections for a G*U*L base station configured with one BBU3910

3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in typical scenarios. The following table describes the CPRI cable connections for a triple-mode base stations in typical scenarios. Table 3-171 CPRI cable connections BBU

Base Station



BBU3900

Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU3900: G*U*L*T base station

l RF modules working in dual modes are connected to the BBU by using the dualstar topology.



l RF modules working in single mode are connected to the BBU by using the single-star topology. l If the LBBP boards working in LTE FDD and LTE TDD modes need to be installed in the same slot, the LBBP working in LTE FDD mode is preferentially installed.


387


BBU

BBU3910

3 Cable Connections

Base Station



SeparateMPT base station configured with two BBU3900 s: GU +L*T base station in UMPT +UMPT mode


Co-MPT base station configured with one BBU3900: G*U*L*T base station



Connection Priority

GUL


UL


GL


LO


GU


UO




388


3 Cable Connections


Connection Priority

GO




Figure 3-195 CPRI cable connections for a G*U*L*T base station configured with one BBU3900 or BBU3910



389


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-196 CPRI cable connections for a GU+L*T base station configured with two BBU3900s in UMPT+UMPT mode

3.6 RF Cable Connections Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and multimode base stations.



390


3 Cable Connections

3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description In terms of the number of RX and TX channels, RFUs can be classified into 1T2R RFUs and 2T2R RFUs.

RF Cable Connections for 1T2R RFUs A single 1T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA and ANT_RXB ports. Antenna channel "a" transmits and receives signals while antenna channel "b" receives signals only. In this case, there are two RX channels and one TX channel. The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU. Figure 3-197 RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU

(a) transmit and receive signals channel

(b) receive signals channel

Two 1T2R RFUs connect to an antenna system through their own ANT_TX/RXA port. Two antenna channels (marked as "a") transmit and receive signals. The RX_INB port on one 1T2R RFU interconnects with the RX_OUTA port on the other 1T2R RFU to transfer the diversity signals received through the antenna channel. The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs.



391


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-198 RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs


Two 1T2R RFUs can be connected by using RF cables to support any of the following RX and TX channel combinations: l

Two RX channels and two TX channels

l

Two RX channels and one TX channel in scenario where multiple carriers or high carrier power is required, or the configured frequencies exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RFU

l

2x2 MIMO channels

RF Cable Connections for 2T2R RFUs A single 2T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA port. Both antenna channels a and b transmit and receive signals. In this case, there are two RX channels and two TX channels and 2x2 MIMO channels can be supported. The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU.



392


3 Cable Connections

Figure 3-199 RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU


(b) transmit and receive signals channel

Two 2T2R RFU can be configured in a single sector, each using one antenna. In this case, there are four RX channels and four TX channels. This configuration applies to a scenario where multiple carriers or high carrier power is required The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs. Figure 3-200 RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs

3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU RF cable connections for the DRFU vary according to the positions of the DRFU and antenna. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


393


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the DRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the DRFU. Table 3-173 RF cable connections for the DRFU RFU Model

Specifications of a Single RFU

Description

Illustration

DRFU

Two carriers with 1T2R

l One carrier with 1T2R

See illustration 1 in Figure 3-201.

l One carrier with 2T2R l Two carriers with 1T2R l Two carriers with 2T2R


l Four carriers with 1T2R

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-201 RF cable connections for the DRFU

3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU RF cable connections for the GRFU vary according to the positions of the GRFU and antenna. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


394


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the GRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the GRFU. Table 3-174 RF cable connections for the GRFU RFU Model


Description

Illustration

GRFU

Six carriers with 1T2R

l Three carriers with 1T2R


l Three carriers with 2T2R l Six carriers with 1T2R l Six carriers with 2T2R


l 12 carriers with 1T2R

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-202 RF cable connections for the GRFU

3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU RF cable connections for the WRFU vary according to the positions of the WRFU and antenna. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


395


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFU. Table 3-175 RF cable connections for the WRFU RFU Model


Description

Illustration

WRFU

Four carriers with 1T2R





l Eight carriers with 1T2R l 2x2 MIMO Four carriers with 2T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-203 RF cable connections for the WRFU

3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa RF cable connections for the WRFUa vary according to the positions of the WRFUa and antenna. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


396


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUa with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUa. Table 3-176 RF cable connections for the WRFUa RFU Model


Description

Illustration

WRFUa






l Eight carriers with 1T2R l 2x2 MIMO Four carriers with 2T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-204 RF cable connections for the WRFUa

3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd RF cable connections for the WRFUd vary according to the positions of the WRFUd and antenna. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


397


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUd with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUd. Table 3-177 RF cable connections for the WRFUd RFU Model


Description

Illustration

WRFUd

l Four carriers when MIMO is configured



l Six carriers with 2T2R


l Six carriers with 2T2R when MIMO is not configured

l 2x2 MIMO Six carriers with 2T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-205 RF cable connections for the WRFUd

3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe RF cable connections for the WRFUe vary according to the positions of the WRFUe and antenna.



398


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUe. Table 3-178 RF cable connections for the WRFUe RFU Model


Description

Illustration

WRFUe

l Four carriers when MIMO is configured



l Six carriers with 2T2R


l Six carriers with 2T2R when MIMO is not configured

l 2x2 MIMO Six carriers with 2T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-206 RF cable connections for the WRFUe

3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU RF cable connections for the LRFU vary according to the positions of the LRFU and antenna.



399


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFU. Table 3-179 RF cable connections for the LRFU RFU Model


Description

Illustration

LRFU

One carrier with 2T2R





Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-207 RF cable connections for the LRFU

3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe RF cable connections for the LRFUe vary according to the positions of the LRFUe and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFUe. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


400


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-180 RF cable connections for the LRFUe RFU Model


Description

Illustration

LRFUe






Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-208 RF cable connections for the LRFUe

3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU RF cable connections for the MRFU vary according to the positions of the MRFU and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFU with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFU.



401


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-181 RF cable connections for the MRFU RFU Model


Description

Illustration

MRFU

l Six GSM carriers

1T2R


2T4R


l Four UMTS carriers l One LTE carrier

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-209 RF cable connections for the MRFU

3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd RF cable connections for the MRFUd vary according to the positions of the MRFUd and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUd with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUd.



402


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-182 RF cable connections for the MRFUd RFU Model


Description

Illustration

MRFUd

l Eight GSM carriers

2T2R


4T4R


l Six UMTS carriers l Two LTE carriers

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-210 RF cable connections for the MRFUd

3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe RF cable connections for the MRFUe vary according to the positions of the MRFUe and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUe.



403


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-183 RF cable connections for the MRFUe RFU Model


Description

Illustration

MRFUe

l Eight GSM carriers

1T2R


2T2R


2T4R


l Four UMTS carriers l Two LTE carriers

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-211 RF cable connections for the MRFUe

3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd RF cable connections for the CRFUd vary according to the positions of the CRFUd and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUd with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUd.



404


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-184 RF cable connections for the CRFUd RFU Model


Description

Illustration

CRFUd


2T2R


4T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-212 RF cable connections for the CRFUd

3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe RF cable connections for the CRFUe vary according to the positions of the CRFUe and antenna.

Cable Connections This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUe with a single sector. The following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUe.



405


3 Cable Connections

Table 3-185 RF cable connections for the CRFUe RFU Model


Description

Illustration

CRFUe


2T2R


4T4R


Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-213 RF cable connections for the CRFUe

3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration Different models of RFUs can be configured in the same base station to expand the system capacity or supports multimode radio access technologies (RATs). This section describes the RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration.



406


3 Cable Connections

Cable Connections Table 3-186 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration Initial Scenario

Mixed Configuration Scenario

Illustration

In UMTS 3x2 mode, each sector is configured with one WRFU of 40 W. This WRFU supports two UMTS carriers.

In UMTS 3x6 mode, each sector is configured with one WRFU of 80 W. This WRFU supports four UMTS carriers.


In GSM S4/4/4 mode, each sector is configured with one MRFU V1 that supports four GSM carriers.

To support 3x5 MHz of LTE, one MRFU V2 is added to each sector. The MRFU V2 and MRFU V1 are configured to support one LTE carrier.


In GSM S8/8/8 mode, each sector is configured with two GRFU V2 (1800 MHz). Each GRFU V2 (1800 MHz) supports four GSM carriers.

To support GSM S8/8/8+LTE 3x15 MHz, one GRFU V2 (1800 MHz) in each sector is replaced with one MRFUd (1800 MHz). The MRFUd (1800 MHz) works in GL mode, supporting four GSM carriers and one LTE carrier.




407


3 Cable Connections

Illustration of Cable Connections Figure 3-214 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration



408


4 PGND Cables

4

PGND Cables

PGND cables are classified into PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules. PGND cables ensure that cabinets and internal modules are properly grounded and that base stations run properly. l

The PGND cable for a cabinet connects the ground bar in the cabinet to the onsite ground bar, providing ground protection for the cabinet.

l

The PGND cable for a module connects the PGND screw on the module to the ground bar in the cabinet, providing ground protection for the module.

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of PGND cables. Figure 4-1 Exteriors of PGND cables

(1) OT terminal

(2) Cord end terminal

NOTE

In most cases, PGND cables with green and yellow color are used. When 110 V dual-live-wire power is supplied to a BTS3900A (Ver.C) or BTS3900A (Ver.D), PGND cables with green color are used.



409


4 PGND Cables

Description Table 4-1 and Table 4-2 describes PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, respectively. Table 4-1 PGND cables for cabinets Exterior of a PGND Cable

Cabinet Type

Connector

Maximum Length

Cable Specificati ons

Illustration 1

BTS3900 (Ver.B) and BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinets

OT terminals (M8) for both ends

15 m (49.21 ft)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.D) and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets


15 m

25 mm2 or 16 mm2 (0.039 in.2 or 0.025 in.2)

RFC (Ver.B)


8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

RFC (Ver.C)


8m

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

RFC (Ver.D)


8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

OMB (Ver.C)


15 m (49.21 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.B) and TMC11H (Ver.B)


8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.C) and TMC11H (Ver.C)


8 m (26.25 ft)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

APM30H (Ver.D) and TMC11H (Ver.D)


8 m (26.25 ft)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet


8 m (26.25 ft)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.C) and BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinets



410


Exterior of a PGND Cable

4 PGND Cables

Cabinet Type

Connector

Maximum Length


IBC10


-

16 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

Cord end terminal for the ODM06D, OT terminal (M6) for the external ground bar.

-

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

Illustrations 2 ODM06D

Table 4-2 PGND cables for modules Exterior of a PGND Cable

Cabinet Type

Connector

Maximum Length


Illustration 1

BTS3900 (Ver.B) and BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinets


15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.039 in.2)


15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

OMB (Ver.C)


15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

BTS3900AL


15 m (49.21 ft)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

IBC10


-

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.C) and BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinets BTS3900 (Ver.D) and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets APM30H (Ver.B) IBBS200D (Ver.B) IBBS200T (Ver.B)



411


5 Equipotential Cables

5

Equipotential Cables

Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. Equipotential cables ensure that cabinets are equipotential and that base stations run properly.

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of equipotential cables. Figure 5-1 Exteriors of equipotential cables

(1) OT terminal (M6)

NOTE

In most cases, equipotential cables with green and yellow color are used. When 110 V dual-live-wire power is supplied to a BTS3900A (Ver.C) or BTS3900A (Ver.D), equipotential cables with green color are used.

Description The following table describes equipotential cables.



412


5 Equipotential Cables

Table 5-1 Equipotential cables Cabinet Type

Cable Specifications

Stacked or side-by-side BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinets

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

Stacked or side-by-side BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinets Stacked or side-by-side BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on an IMS06 BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on an IMS06

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

Stacked or side-by-side cabinets including APM30H (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B), and TMC11H (Ver.B)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

Stacked or side-by-side cabinets including APM30H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C), and TMC11H (Ver.C)

The cross-sectional areas of cables vary depending on the way that cabinets are combined.

Stacked or side-by-side cabinets including APM30H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.D), IBBS700D/IBBS700T (Ver.D), and TMC11H (Ver.D)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC and BTS3900AL (Ver.A) DC cabinets installed side by side

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

l 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for stacked cabinets l 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for side-by-side cabinets

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and IBBS700D/IBBS700T installed side by side BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and TMC11H (Ver.D) installed side by side.


25mm2 (0.039 in.2)


413


6 Power Cables

6

Power Cables

About This Chapter This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices This section describes power cables for all power supply devices. 6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices. 6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices. 6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.



414


6 Power Cables

6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices This section describes power cables for all power supply devices.

6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables This section describes power cables for different models of DCDUs.

DCDU-01 Power Cable A DCDU-01 power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-01 from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-01 power cables.



415


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-1 Cable exterior


(2) Power series 120 connector

NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-01 power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is configured in different cabinets. Table 6-1 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 1.

BTS3900L (Ver.B)


BTS3900 (Ver.B) in -48 V DC scenarios


16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2), one group



416


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

RFC (Ver.B) in DC scenarios


See illustration 2.

BTS3900 (Ver.B) in +24 V DC scenarios

EPS24S48100DC in a cabinet

BTS3900 (Ver.B) in AC scenarios

EPS4890 in a cabinet

See illustration 3.

RFC (Ver.B) in AC scenarios

EPS 01A or EPS 01C in an APM30H


DCDU-03B Power Cable A DCDU-03B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03B from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-03B power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a DCDU-03B power cable. Figure 6-2 Cable exterior


NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03B power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is configured in different cabinets.



417


6 Power Cables

NOTE

When the BTS3900AL is configured with RFUs and RRUs together, a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B is used. No power cable is needed for the DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B, which is connected to power supply using a BusBar (in an AC cabinet) or a DC junction box (in a DC cabinet).

Table 6-2 Description Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


BTS3900 (Ver.B) in DC scenarios (the DCDU-03B is installed on a wall)


16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one group



BTS3900L (Ver.B) (the DCDU-03B is installed on a wall) DBS3900 where the BBU is installed on a wall, 19-inch rack, or IMB03 OMB TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a power cabinet in DC scenarios

DCDU-03C Power Cable A DCDU-03C power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03C from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-03C power cables when the DCDU-03C configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-03C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-03C power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-03C power cables.



418


6 Power Cables


(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)


(3) Parallel terminal

NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03C power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03C power cables when a DCDU-03C is configured in different cabinets. Table 6-3 Description Cable Exterior

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustrati on 1.

BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a transmission cabinet in AC scenarios

EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or EPS 01D in an APM30H

4 mm2 (0.006 in. 2), one group



419


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment



BTS3900A

TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a power cabinet in DC scenarios

DCDU-01 in an RFC

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in. 2), one group


BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a transmission cabinet in DC scenarios


4 mm2 (0.006 in. 2), one group

DCDU-11A Power Cable A DCDU-11A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-11A from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11A power cables when the DCDU-11A is configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-11A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-11A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-11A power cables.



420


6 Power Cables



NOTE

When a DCDU-11A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or RFC (Ver.C), colors of the wires in the DCDU-11A power cable vary depending on the region as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In other regions, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-11A power cables when a DCDU-11A is configured in different cabinets. Table 6-4 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 1.

BTS3900L (Ver.C)


35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group; or 16



421


Cable Exterior

6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC scenarios


mm2 (0.025 in.2), two group

See illustration 2.

BTS3900 (Ver.C) in AC scenarios

ETP48150-A3 in a cabinet


See illustration 3.

RFC (Ver.C)

l EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 in an APM30H in AC scenarios


l External power equipment in DC scenarios The power from the preceding power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box in an RFC.

DCDU-11B Power Cable A DCDU-11B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-11B from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11B power cables when the DCDU-11B is configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-11B power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of DCDU-11B power cables. Figure 6-5 Cable exterior




422


6 Power Cables

NOTE

When a DCDU-11B is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C), colors of the wires in the DCDU-11B power cable vary depending on the region as follows: l


l


Description The following table describes the specifications of DCDU-11B power cables when a DCDU-11B is configured in different cabinets. NOTE



Power Equipment


BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC scenarios (the DCDU-11B is installed on a wall or in a cabinet)





BTS3900L (Ver.C) (the DCDU-11B is installed on a wall or in a cabinet) DBS3900 where the BBU is installed on a wall, 19-inch rack, or IMB03 TMC11H (Ver.C)





423


6 Power Cables




NOTE

Colors of wires in a DCDU-11C power cable vary depending on regions as follows: l


l




424


6 Power Cables

Description The following table describes DCDU-11C power cables. Table 6-6 Description Cable Exterior

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 1.

BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.C) serving as a transmission cabinet in AC scenarios

EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04, EPU03A-03, or EPU03A-05 in an APM30H


See illustration 2.

BTS3900A

TMC11H (Ver.C) serving as a power cabinet in DC scenarios

DCDU-11A in an RFC (the power from this power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box)

25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2), one group

See illustration 3.

BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.C) serving as a transmission cabinet in DC scenarios



DCDU-12A Power Cable A DCDU-12A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-12A from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12A power cables when the DCDU-11B is configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-12A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-12A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-12A power cables.



425


6 Power Cables



NOTE

When a DCDU-12A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.D), colors of the wires in a DCDU-12A power cable vary depending on the region as follows: l


l

In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12A power cables when a DCDU-12A is configured in different cabinets.



426


6 Power Cables

Table 6-7 Description Cable Exteri or

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustra tion 1.

BTS3900L (Ver.D) in DC scenarios


35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2), two groups

BTS3900 (Ver.D) in DC scenarios


BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) in DC scenarios


16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two groups

BTS3900L (Ver.D) in AC scenarios

EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900L cabinet


BTS3900 (Ver.D) in AC scenarios

EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900 cabinet


BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) in AC scenarios

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet


RFC (Ver.D)

External power equipment; EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H cabinet (the power from the preceding power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box in an RFC)




DCDU-12B Power Cable A DCDU-12B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-12B from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12B power cables when the DCDU-11B is configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-12B power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).

Exterior The DCDU-12B power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-12B power cables.



427


6 Power Cables



NOTE

When a DCDU-12B is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.D), colors of the wires in a DCDU-12B power cable vary depending on the region as follows: l


l


Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12B power cables when a DCDU-12B is configured in different cabinets. NOTE


Table 6-8 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustratio n 1.

BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC


35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two groups

BTS3900L (Ver.D)



TMC11H (Ver.D)





428


Cable Exterior

See illustratio n 2.

6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


RFC (Ver.D) in DC scenarios






DBS3900 where the BBU is installed on a wall, 19-inch rack, or IMB03



RFC (Ver.D) in AC scenarios

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H


BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04


BTS3900 (Ver.D) AC

EPU05A-02


APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H






429


6 Power Cables


(1) EPC4 connector



NOTE

Colors of wires in a DCDU-12C power cable vary depending on regions as follows: l


l


Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12C power cables when a DCDU-12C is configured in different cabinets.



430


6 Power Cables


Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 1.

BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.D) serving as a transmission cabinet in AC scenarios

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04, EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H cabinet


BTS3900AL

TMC11H (Ver.D) serving as a transmission cabinet

DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet


BTS3900A or DBS3900

TMC11H (Ver.D) serving as a transmission cabinet in DC scenarios



DBS3900

IBC10



BTS3012AE




BTS3900A

TMC11H (Ver.D) serving as a power cabinet in DC scenarios

External power equipment (the power from this power equipment is transferred by the DC junction box in an RFC)


BTS3900AL

BTS3900AL (Ver.A)a in AC scenarios

PDU03D-01 or ETP48400 in a cabinet


See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.



431


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Base Station

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 4.

BTS3900AL

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) in DC scenarios

PDU03D-01 in a cabinet

l For the DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment, one group of 16 mm2 cables are used. l For the DCDU-12C in the RFU compartment, one group of 25 mm2 cables are used.

a: This DCDU-12C refers to the one in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet. The DCDU-12C in the RF compartment is power-fed by a busbar.

DCDU-13A Power Cable A DCDU-13A power cable feeds DC power from power equipment into the DCDU-13A on the left inside an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet. This section describes the specifications of DCDU-13A power cables connecting different power equipment.

Exterior The DCDU-13A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various DCDU-13A power cables. Figure 6-10 Cable exterior




432


6 Power Cables

NOTE

In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-13A power cable are black and blue, respectively.

Description The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-13A power cables. Table 6-10 Description Cable Exteri or

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment



RFC (Ver.D_A) in DC scenarios


35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2), two group


RFC (Ver.D_A) in AC scenarios

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a cabinet


Power Cable Between Cascaded DCDU-13As The power cable connecting two DCDU-13As in an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet feeds DC power from the left DCDU-13A into the right one. This section describes the specifications of the power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As. Figure 6-11 Cable exterior

(1) OT terminal

Description The following table lists the specifications of the power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


433


6 Power Cables


Power Equipment


RFC (Ver.D_A)

Left DCDU-13A in the cabinet


6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables This section describes power cables for different models of EPUs, EPSs, and ETPs.

EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable An EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum length of an EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables. NOTE

The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.



434


6 Power Cables



Description The following table describes EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables. Table 6-12 Description Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

EPS 01A power cable in the 220 V AC threephase scenario

L1

Brown

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue



435


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01A power cable in the 220 V AC singlephase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01C power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

EPS 01B or EPS 01D Power Cable An EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum length of an EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables. NOTE




436


6 Power Cables



Description The following table describes EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables. Table 6-13 Description Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

EPS 01B power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

L2

Black

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in. 2)

L3

Gray

N

Blue



437


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01B power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPS 01D power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 Power Cable An EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum length of an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The color and number of wires in EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables differ. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables. NOTE




438


6 Power Cables



Description The following table describes EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables. Table 6-14 Description Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

EPU03A-02 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue



439


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow

EPU03A-02 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

EPU03A-04 power cable

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 Power Cable An EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum length of an EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).





440


6 Power Cables




Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.


L1

Brown

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue



441


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow


L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow


L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable An EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum length of an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).





442


6 Power Cables




Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.


L1

Brown

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue



443


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow


L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow


L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2)

25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2)

EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 Power Cable An EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an APM30H (Ver.D). An APM30H (Ver.D) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum length of an EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).





444


6 Power Cables




Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.


L1

Brown

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

L2

Black

L3

Gray

N

Blue



445


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

Wire

Wire Color

PE

Green and yellow


L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow


L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green


25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

ETP48100-A1 Power Cable An ETP48100-A1 power cable feeds external AC power into an ETP48100-A1 from a PDU10D-01 after the AC power is converted by a surge protective device (SPD). The cross-sectional area of the wires of an ETP48100-A1 power cable is 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2), as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-18 Cable exterior



EPS30-4815AF Power Cable An EPS30-4815AF power cable feeds power into an IMB03 AC cabinet. The maximum length of an EPS30-4815AF power cable is 6 m (19.69 ft). The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS30-4815AF power cable. The cross-sectional area of the wire is 1 mm 2 (0.002 in.2). Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


446


6 Power Cables

NOTE



EPS4890 Power Cable An EPS4890 power cable feeds AC power into cabinets. EPS4890 power cables are used in the BTS3900 (Ver.B) AC cabinet and DBS3900 (ICR) cabinet. By using different power systems, a cabinet can support power inputs of 220 V AC single-phase and 220 V AC three-phase. The maximum length of an EPS4890 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The wires in an EPS4890 power cable vary depending on the power input type. The following figure shows the power exteriors of EPS4890 power cables. NOTE




447


6 Power Cables



Description The following table describes EPS4890 power cables. Table 6-18 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

Cable Specificatio ns

See illustration 1.

l BTS390 0 (Ver.B) in AC scenario s

EPS4890 power cable in the 220 V AC threephase scenario

L1

Yellow

L2

Green

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

L3

Red

N

Blue

l IMB03 cabinet in the DBS390 0 (ICR) scenario



448


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 2.

l BTS390 0 (Ver.B) in AC scenario s

EPS4890 power cable in the 220 V AC singlephase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

l IMB03 cabinet in the DBS390 0 (ICR) scenario

EPS24S48100DC Power Cable An EPS24S48100DC power cable feeds +24 V DC power into cabinets. EPS24S48100DC power cables are used in the following cabinets: BTS3900 (Ver.B) (+ 24 V DC), APM30H (Ver.B) (+ 24 V), and DBS3900 (ICR). The maximum length of an EPS24S48100DC power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS24S48100DC power cable. Figure 6-21 Cable exterior


Description The following table describes EPS24S48100DC power cables.



449


6 Power Cables

Table 6-19 Description Wire

Wire Color


RTN(+)

Red

NEG(-)

Black


ETP48400 Power Cable An ETP48400 power feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 and ETP48400 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48400 power cable. Figure 6-22 Cable exterior



Description The following table describes an ETP48400 power cable. Table 6-20 Description Cable

Wire

Wire Color


ETP48400 power cable

L

Brown

6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

N

Blue

ETP48150-A3 Power Cable An ETP48150-A3 power cable feeds external AC power into a BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet. The maximum length of an ETP48150-A3 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft). Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


450


6 Power Cables

Exterior A BTS3900 cabinet can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 220 V AC three-phase power. The number of wires in an ETP48150-A3 power cable depends on the power system where the ETP48150-A3 is used. The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48150-A3 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario as an example. Figure 6-23 Cable exterior


Description The following table describes ETP48150-A3 power cables. Table 6-21 Description Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

ETP48150-A3 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

L2

Black

4 mm2 (0.006 in. 2)

L3

Gray

N

Blue

L

Blue

N

Brown

See illustration 2.


ETP48150-A3 power cable in


16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

451


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cable

Wire

Wire Color

the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

PE

Green and yellow


6.1.3 PDU Power Cables This section describes power cables for different models of PDUs.

PDU10D-01 Power Cable A PDU10D-01 power cable feeds power from power equipment into a PDU10D-01. The maximum length of a PDU10D-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior PDU10D-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of various PDU10D-01 power cables. NOTE




452


6 Power Cables




Description The following table describes PDU10D-01 power cables. Table 6-22 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

OMB (Ver.C) in DC scenarios


RTN(+)

Black

NEG(-)

Blue

4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

See illustration 2.

OMB (Ver.C) in AC scenarios

ETP48100-A1 in a cabinet

RTN(+)

Black

NEG(-)

Blue

See illustration 3.

OMB (Ver.C) in AC scenarios

External power equipment in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow



16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

453


6 Power Cables

PDU05A-01 Power Cable A PDU05A-01 power cable feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet. A PDU05A-01 supports 220 V AC single-phase, 220 V AC three-phase, and 110 V AC duallive-wire. The maximum length of a PDU05A-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior The number of wires in a PDU05A-01 power cable varies depending on the power supplies. The following figure shows the exteriors of various PDU05A-01 power cables. NOTE




Description The following table describes PDU05A-01 power cables.



454


6 Power Cables


Cable

Wire

Wire Color


See illustration 1.

PDU05A-01 power cable in the 220 V AC three-phase scenario

L1

Brown

L2

Black

10 mm2 (0.016 in.2)

L3

Gray

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

PDU05A-01 power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario

L

Brown

N

Blue

PE

Green and yellow

PDU05A-01 power cable in the 110 V duallive-wire scenario

L1

Black

L2

Red

N

White

PE

Green

See illustration 2.

See illustration 3.

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

PDU03D-01 Power Cable A PDU03D-01 power cable feeds power from a BTS3900AL AC cabinet or external power cabinet into a BTS3900AL DC cabinet.

Exterior PDU03D-01 power cables vary depending on the power supplies. The following figure shows various PDU03D-01 power supplies.



455


6 Power Cables





NOTE

Colors of wires in a PDU03D-01 power cable vary depending on regions as follows: l


l


Description The following table describes PDU03A-01 power cables. Table 6-24 Description Cable Exterior

Power Equipment


See illustration 1.

Busbar in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet

25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), two groups, LSZHa



456


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Power Equipment


See illustration 2.

LOAD2 terminal in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet

25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), one group, LSZHb

See illustration 3.


25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), three groups, LSZHc

a: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, one group of 70 mm2 (0.108 in. 2) PVC power cables or two groups of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) PVC power cables that are locally purchased can be the substitutes. b: If the preceding power cable is not delivered by default, one group of 25 mm2 (0.039 in. 2) PVC power cables that are locally purchased can be the substitute. c: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, the PVC power cables that are locally purchased and meet the requirements in both a and b can be the substitutes.

6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices This section describes power cables for other power supply devices.

Power Cable for an AC Junction Box A power cable for the AC junction box feeds AC power from power equipment into the AC junction box. The power is divided into four AC outputs, which are then provided to components such as the heater or heating film. This section describes the specifications of power cables for an AC junction box in different cabinets.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the power cable for an AC junction box. NOTE




457


6 Power Cables




NOTE

In the preceding figure, the L and N wires are brown and blue, respectively.

Description The following table describes power cables for an AC junction box. Table 6-25 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

See illustration 1.

APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D)

EPS 01, EPU03A, or EPU05A 1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2)

TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.C), or TMC11H (Ver.D)

EPS 01, EPU03A, or EPU05A 1.5 mm2 (0.002 in an APM30H (the power in.2) from the preceding power equipment is transferred by the junction box in an APM30H)




458


Cable Exterior

6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


IBBS700D or IBBS700T

EPU05A in an APM30H (Ver.D) (the power from this power equipment is transferred by the junction box in the APM30H)

1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2)

See illustration 2.

BTS3900AL in AC scenarios

PDU05A-01

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

See illustration 3.

BTS3900AL in DC scenarios

PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet (the power from this power equipment is transferred by the junction box in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)


PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet (the power from this power equipment is transferred by the junction box in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box The power cable for a power distribution box feeds power from power equipment into the power distribution box in the following battery cabinets: IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, and IBBS700T.

Exterior Power cables for power distribution boxes vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of these power cables.



459


6 Power Cables


(1) Power series 120 connector (2) OT terminal (M6) (3) Power series 175 connector (4) OT terminal (M8)

NOTE

When a power distribution box is used in an IBBS200D(Ver.D), IBBS200T(Ver.D), IBBS700D, or IBBS700T, colors of wires in the power cables for the power distribution box vary depending on regions as follows: l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is red and the NEG(-) wire is black, as shown in the preceding figure.

l


Description The following table describes the power cables for a power distribution box. Table 6-26 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 1.

IBBS200D (Ver.B) or IBBS200T (Ver.B)

EPS01A, EPS01B, EPS01C, or EPS01D in an APM30H(Ver.B)

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

See illustration 2.

IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C)

EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04, EPU03A-04, or EPU03A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.C)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)



460


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 3.

IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04, or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.D)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), UL3436

See illustration 3.


l EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04, or EPU05A-05 in an APM30H (Ver.D)

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), UL3436

l ETP48400 in a BTS3900AL l TP48600A cabinet

Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC A power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC feeds -48 V DC power into the DC junction box in an RFC.

Exterior Depending on power supplies supported by an RFC, there are three types of power cables for the DC junction box in an RFC. The following figure shows the exteriors of these power cables.



461


6 Power Cables




NOTE

Colors of wires in a power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (Ver.D) vary depending on regions as follows: l


l


Description The following table describes power cables for the DC junction box in an RFC. Table 6-27 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 1.

RFC (Ver.C) or RFC (Ver.D) in DC scenarios


35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), two group



462


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See illustration 2.

RFC (Ver.C) in AC scenarios

EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 in an APM30H (Ver.C)


See illustration 3.

RFC (Ver.D) in AC scenarios

EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an APM30H (Ver.D)


Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL The power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL connects the PDU03D-01 to the DC junction box in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet and feeds DC power into DC junction box.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL. Figure 6-30 Exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL



NOTE

The color of the power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL varies depending on the region. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black, and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in Figure 6-30.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table describes a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


463


6 Power Cables

Table 6-28 Description Cable

Wire


Power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL

NEG(-): W1 and W2

16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

RTN(+): W3

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

Storage Battery Power Cable Storage battery power cables connect storage batteries to power equipment. The power cables include the power cables between the storage batteries to the power distribution box, the power cables between the storage batteries to the EPU, and copper bars between storage batteries. Storage battery power cables are required in the following cabinets: IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, IBBS700T, and IMS06.

Power Cables Between the Storage Battery Group and Power Distribution Box Power cables between the storage battery group and power distribution box are required in the following cabinets: IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, and IBBS700T. Figure 6-31 Cable exterior (1)





464


6 Power Cables

NOTE

In battery cabinets, colors of wires in the power cables between the storage battery group and power distribution box vary depending on regions as follows: l


l


The following table describes the power cables between the storage battery group and power equipment. Table 6-29 Description (1) Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment



l IBBS700D or IBBS700T

Power distribution box in a battery cabinet

35 mm2 (0.054 in. 2)

Power distribution box in a battery cabinet

16 mm2 (0.025 in. 2)

l IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C) l IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D) See illustration 2 in Figure 6-31.


Power Cables Between the Storage Battery Group and EPU/Busbar Power cables between the storage battery group and power equipment are required in a BTS3900AL or IMS06. The following figure shows the exteriors of these power cables. Figure 6-32 Cable exterior (2)





465


6 Power Cables

NOTE

In a BTS3900AL cabinet, colors of wires in the power cables between the storage battery group and power equipment vary depending on regions as follows: l


l


The following table describes the power cables between the storage battery group and power equipment. Table 6-30 Description (2) Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


See Figure 6-32.

IMS06

EPU05A-02

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

BTS3900AL

Busbar

35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

Copper Bars Between Storage Batteries Copper bars are delivered with the storage batteries. The following figure shows the exterior of a copper bar. Figure 6-33 Exterior of a copper bar between storage batteries

6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices.

6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable A CMUEA power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the CMUEA on the front door of a cabinet from the power distribution box in an IBBS700D. The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA power cable.



466


6 Power Cables


(1) 3V3 connector

(2) Bare wire

6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable A CMUF power cable feeds DC power into a CMUF from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of various CMUF power cables when a CMUF is configured in different cabinets.

Exterior Figure 6-35 shows the exterior of a CMUF power cable. Figure 6-35 Cable exterior (most regions)

(1) 3V3 connector


(2) EPC4 connector


(3) Bare wire

467


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-36 Cable exterior (UK)

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes CMUF power cables. Table 6-31 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Description


BTS3900AL

DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL

In other regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.

Figure 6-36

BTS3900AL

DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL



IBBS700T

Power distribution box in a IBBS700T

-

6.2.3 CCU Power Cable A CCU power cable feeds -48 V DC power from the DCDU-12C into a CCU. A CCU is configured in the following cabinet: BTS3900AL, IBBS700D, and IBBS700T.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU power cable.



468


6 Power Cables


(1) EPC4 connector

(2) Bare wire

NOTE

When a CCU is configured in a BTS3900AL cabinet, colors of wires in the CCU power cable vary depending on regions as follows: l


l


Description The following table describes a CCU power cable. Table 6-32 Description Cable Exterior

Cabinet

Power Equipment

See illustration 1.

BTS3900AL

DCDU-12C in a BTS3900AL

See illustration 2.

IBBS700D

Power distribution box in a IBBS700D

IBBS700T

Power distribution box in a IBBS700T

6.2.4 HEUA Power Cable An HEUA power cable feeds power from the EPS30-4815AF in an OMB into an HEUA. The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA power cable. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


469


6 Power Cables

NOTE

An HEUA power cable is a Y-shaped cable. The cable connects to an HEUA and a BBU at the end with two 3V3 connectors and feeds power into the HEUA and BBU.


(1) 3V3 connector

(2) H4 connector

6.2.5 HEUB Power Cable An HEUB power cable feeds power from the PDU10D-01 in an OMB (Ver.C) into an HEUB.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB power cable. Figure 6-39 Cable exterior

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes an HEUB power cable. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


470


6 Power Cables

Table 6-33 Description Wire

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices.

6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies This section describes power cables for different models of fan assemblies.

FAN Power Cables A FAN power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN in the BTS3900 (Ver.B) or BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN power cable. Figure 6-40 Exterior of a FAN power cable

(1) 3V3 connector


Description The following table describes a FAN power cable. Table 6-34 FAN power cable X1 End

X2 End

X1.A3

X2.B1



471


6 Power Cables

X1 End

X2 End

X1.A1

X2.B2

FAN 01A Power Cables A FAN 01A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01A in the RFC (Ver.B).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01A power cable. Figure 6-41 Exterior of a FAN 01A power cable


(1) 3V3 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 01A power cable. Table 6-35 FAN 01A power cable Wire

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B2

W2

X1.A3

X2.B1

FAN 01B Power Cable A FAN 01B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01B in an RFC (Ver.C).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01B power cable. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


472


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-42 Exterior of a FAN 01B power cable

(1) 3V3 connector


NOTE

The colors of FAN 01B power cables vary depending on regions. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black, and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue, and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

Description The following table describes a FAN 01B power cable. Table 6-36 FAN 01B power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

FAN 01C Power Cable A FAN 01C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into a FAN 01C in the RFC (Ver.D).

Exterior The colors of FAN 01C power cables vary depending on regions. l

In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black, as shown in Figure 6-43.

l

In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue, and the NEG(-) wire is gray, as shown in Figure 6-44.



473


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-43 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in most regions

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Figure 6-44 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in UK

(2) EPC4 connector

(1) 3V3 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 01C power cable. Table 6-37 FAN 01C power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

FAN 02A Power Cable A FAN 02A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B).



474


6 Power Cables

Exterior The FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) is powered by the EPS 01A or EPS 01. The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable. Figure 6-45 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (1)

(1) 3V3 connector


The FAN 02A in a TMC11H (Ver.B) is powered by the DCDU-03C. The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable. Figure 6-46 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (2)

(1) 3V3 connector


FAN 02B Power Cable A FAN 02B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02B in an APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02B power cable.



475


6 Power Cables


(1) 3V3 connector


NOTE



l



X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A3

X2.B1

W2

X1.A1

X2.B2

FAN 02D Power Cable A FAN 02D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02D in an APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D).

Exterior The colors of FAN 02D power cables vary depending on regions. l


l




476


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-48 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in most regions

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Figure 6-49 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in UK

(2) EPC4 connector

(1) 3V3 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 02D power cable. Table 6-39 FAN 02D power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B1

W2

X1.A3

X2.B2

FAN 03B Power Cable A FAN 03B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03B in the BTS3900 (Ver.C) or BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03B power cable. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


477


6 Power Cables


(1) 3V3 connector


NOTE



l



X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A3

X2.B1

W2

X1.A1

X2.B2

FAN 03C Power Cable A FAN 03C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03C in the BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is used for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in most regions or BTS3900 (Ver.D).



478


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-51 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is used for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in UK. Figure 6-52 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable in UK

(2) EPC4 connector

(1) 3V3 connector

Description The following table describes a FAN 03C power cable. Table 6-41 FAN 03C power cable Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.B2

W2

X1.A3

X2.B1

6.3.2 FAU03D-01 Power Cable An FAU03D-01 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-01 in an BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


479


6 Power Cables

Exterior The colors of FAU03D-01 power cables vary depending on regions. l


l


Figure 6-53 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in most regions

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Figure 6-54 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in UK

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

6.3.3 FAU03D-02 Power Cable An FAU03D-02 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-02 in an IBC10 cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable.



480


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-55 Exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes the specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable. Table 6-42 Specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable Wire

X1 End

X2 End

W1

A3

B1

W2

A1

B2

6.3.4 Power Cables for an AC Heater Power cables for an AC heater feed AC power into the AC heater in the APM30H or TMC11H.

Power Cable for an AC Heater Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC heater. NOTE




481


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-56 Exterior of a power cable for an AC heater

(1) C13 connector


NOTE

The L wire, PE wire, and N wire of a power cable for an AC heater are brown, green and yellow, and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table describes a power cable for an AC heater. Table 6-43 Power cable for an AC heater Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specif ication s

APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D)

EPS or EPU in the cabinet

1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2)

Transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.C), or TMC11H (Ver.D) in AC scenarios

EPS or EPU in the APM30H (feeding power into the AC junction box in the TMC11H)

1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2)

Power cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.C), or TMC11H (Ver.D) in DC scenarios


1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2)



482


6 Power Cables

Power Transfer Cable for an AC Heater The power transfer cable for an AC heater feeds AC power into the AC heater from the EPU in the APM30 (Ver.D_A1) by connecting the AC output terminal on the EPU to the transfer terminal on the AC heater. The following figure shows a power transfer cable for an AC heater in the APM30 (Ver.D_A1). Figure 6-57 Exterior of a power transfer cable for an AC heater

(1) OT terminal (M4), 1 mm2 (0.002 in.2)


6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film The power cable for a heating film feeds power into the heating film from the APM30H by connecting the AC junction box on the inner left wall of the APM30H to the AC junction box for the heating film in an IBBS200D.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for a heating film. NOTE


Figure 6-58 Exterior of a power cable for a heating film


NOTE

The L wire and N wire of a power cable for a heating film are brown and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Description The following table describes a power cable for a heating film. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


483


6 Power Cables

Table 6-44 Power cable for a heating film Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specific ations

IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.C), or IBBS200D (Ver.D)

EPS/EPU in the APM30H (feeding power first into the AC junction box in the APM30H and then into the AC junction box for the heating film in the IBBS200D)

1.5 mm2 (0.002 in. 2)

6.3.6 Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door A transfer cable for the fan in the front door that is delivered with the inner air circulation fan transfers input power and signals to the inner air circulation fan by connecting the inner air circulation fan to the central monitoring unit type F (CMUF) in the front door of a BTS3900AL cabinet or IBBS700T.

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of transfer cables for the fans in the front doors. Figure 6-59 Exteriors of transfer cables for the fans in the front doors

(1) 4-pin male connector

(2) 4-pin female connector

(3) 4-pin male connector (one row)

Description The following table describes transfer cables for the fans in the front doors of different cabinets. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


484


6 Power Cables

Table 6-45 Transfer cables for the fans in the front doors of different cabinets Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment or Monitoring Board to Which Monitoring Signals Are Reported

Illustration 1

BTS3900AL cabinet

CMUF in the front door

Illustration 2

IBBS700T

CMUF in the front door

6.3.7 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System Power cables for the temperature control system connect the power distribution box in the IBBS700D or IBBS700T, feeding DC power into the fan mounting frame in the IBBS700D or the TEC in the IBBS700T and the CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the temperature control system. Figure 6-60 Cable exterior

(1) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes the power cables for the temperature control system. Table 6-46 Description Cable

X1 End

X2 End

W1

X1.A1

X2.A1

W2

X1.A2

X2.A2



485


6 Power Cables

6.3.8 HAU01A-01 Power Cable An HAU01A-01 power cable feeds AC power into an HAU01A-01 from the AC junction box in a BTS3900AL cabinet or IBBS700D/IBBS700T.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HAU01A-01 power cable. Figure 6-61 Exterior of an HAU01A-01 power cable


(1) C13 straight female connector

Description The following table describes an HAU01A-01 power cable. Table 6-47 HAU01A-01 power cable Wire

Color


L wire

Brown

1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2)

PE wire

Green and yellow

N wire

Blue

6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D Fan power cables in an IBBS200D include the fan input power cable and fan power transfer cable, feeding power into the fans in the IBBS200D.

Fan Input Power Cable in an IBBS200D Exterior Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


486


6 Power Cables

The fan input power cable in an IBBS200D connects power equipment to the power distribution box in the IBBS200D. The exteriors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-62 Exteriors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds



(3) EPC4 connector

NOTE

The colors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ts (Ver.C) or IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) vary depending on regions. l


l


Description The following table describes fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds. Table 6-48 Fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Cable Specification s

Illustration 1

IBBS200D (Ver.B)

EPS 01A/01C or EPS 01B/01D in the APM30H (Ver.B)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

Illustration 1

IBBS200D (Ver.C)

EPU03A-02/04 or EPU03A-03/05 in the APM30H (Ver.C)



487


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 2

IBBS200D (Ver.D)

EPS05A-02/04 or EPS05A-03/05 in the APM30H (Ver.D)

Cable Specification s

Fan Power Transfer Cable in an IBBS200D Exterior The fan power transfer cable in an IBBS200D connects the power distribution box in the IBBS200D to the fan mounting frame on the cabinet door. The exteriors of fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-63 Exteriors of fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds

(1) 3V3 connector



NOTE

The colors of fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds (Ver.C) or IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) vary depending on regions. l


l


Description The following table describes fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


488


6 Power Cables

Table 6-49 Fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 1

IBBS200D (Ver.B)

Power distribution box in the cabinet

l OT terminal (M4), 1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2)

Illustration 2

IBBS200D (Ver.C)


IBBS200D (Ver.D)


l OT terminal (M6), 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T TEC power cables in an IBBS200T include the TEC input power cable and TEC power transfer cable, feeding power into the TEC in the IBBS200T

TEC Input Power Cable in an IBBS200T Exterior The TEC input power cable in an IBBS200T connects power equipment to the power distribution box in the IBBS200T. The exteriors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.



489


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-64 Exteriors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts



(3) EPC4 connector

NOTE

The colors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts (Ver.C) or IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) vary depending on regions. l


l


Description The following table describes TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts. Table 6-50 TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 1

IBBS200T (Ver.B)

EPS 01A/01C or EPS 01B/01D in the APM30H (Ver.B)

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

Illustration 1

IBBS200T (Ver.C)

EPU03A-02/04 or EPU03A-03/05 in the APM30H (Ver.C)

Illustration 2

IBBS200T (Ver.D)

EPS05A-02/04 or EPS05A-03/05 in the APM30H (Ver.D)

TEC Power Transfer Cable in an IBBS200T Exterior Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


490


6 Power Cables

The TEC power transfer cable in an IBBS200T connects the power distribution box in the IBBS200T to the TEC on the cabinet door. TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts are divided into two types in terms of power equipment, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-65 Exteriors of TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts

(1) 3V3 connector



NOTE

The colors of TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts (Ver.C) or IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) vary depending on regions. l


l


Description The following table describes TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts. Table 6-51 TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


Illustration 1

IBBS200D (Ver.B)


l OT terminal (M4), 1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2)

IBBS200D (Ver.C)


l OT terminal (M6), 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

IBBS200D (Ver.D)


2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

Illustration 2



491


6 Power Cables

6.3.11 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door A power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door connects power equipment to the heat exchanger in the front door of a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet. The power cables can be classified into AC power cables and DC power cables in terms of cabinet types.

Exterior l

Figure 6-66 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with AC power.

l

Figure 6-67 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with DC power.

Figure 6-66 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (1)

(1) Common connector


NOTE

The L wire, N wire, and PE wire of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are brown, blue, and green and yellow, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Figure 6-67 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (2)

(1) 3-pin connector

(2) EPC4 connector

NOTE

The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are black, as shown in the preceding figure.



492


6 Power Cables

Description The following table describes power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors. Table 6-52 Power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Figure 6-66

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC cabinet


Figure 6-67



BTS3012AE(Ver.D_Z) DC cabinet

DCDU-12C

6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.

6.4.1 EMUA/EMUB Power Cable An EMUA/EMUB power cable feeds -48 V DC into an EMUA/EMUB. This section describes the specifications of EMUA/EMUB power cables in different cabinets.

Exterior EMUA/EMUB power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the following figure.



493


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-68 Exteriors of EMUA/EMUB power cables

(1) EPC4 connector (2) Cord end terminal (3) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)


NOTE

The colors of EMUA/EMUB power cables in APM30Hs (Ver.C)/TMC11Hs (Ver.C), APM30Hs (Ver.D)/ TMC11Hs (Ver.D), or BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinets vary depending on regions. l


l


Description The following table describes EMUA/EMUB power cables. Table 6-53 EMUA/EMUB power cables Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02/04 or EPU05A-03/05 in the cabinet

TMC11H (Ver.D)

DCDU-12C or DCDU-12B in the cabinet



494


6 Power Cables

Cable Exterior

Illustration 2

Illustration 3

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment


DCDU-12C in the cabinet

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) DC cabinet



EPU05A-02/04 in the cabinet

APM30H (Ver.B)

EPS01A/01C or EPS 01B/01D in the cabinet

APM30H (Ver.C)


TMC11H (Ver.B)


TMC11H (Ver.C)


6.4.2 BBU Power Cable A BBU power cable feeds power into a BBU from power equipment. The maximum length of a BBU power cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).

Exterior The exteriors of BBU power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the following figure.



495


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-69 Exteriors of BBU power cables

(1) 3V3 connector


(3) H4 connector



(6) EPC4 connector

Description The following table describes BBU power cables. Table 6-54 BBU power cables Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1

TMC11H (Ver.B)

DCDU-03B or DCDU-03C in the cabinet

Illustration 2

IMB03

EPS30-4815AF in the cabinet

Illustration 3

OMB

EPS30-4815AF in the cabinet

Illustration 4

BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet

DCDU-11A in the cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet


APM30H (Ver.B)

EPS 01A/01C or EPS 01B/01D in the cabinet



496


Cable Exterior

Illustration 5

Illustration 6

Illustration 7a

6 Power Cables

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

APM30H (Ver.C)


TMC11H (Ver.C)


BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet

DCDU-01 in the cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet


OMB (Ver.C)

PDU10D-01 in the cabinet

BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet


BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet



DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment of the cabinet

APM30H (Ver.D)


TMC11H (Ver.D)


IBC10





DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment of the cabinet

APM30H (Ver.D)


TMC11H (Ver.D)


a: The connectors at both ends of the cable in illustration 6 are the same as those in illustration 7, but the color of the cable in illustration 6 is different from that in illustration 7. The differences are as follows: l Illustration 6 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are black. l Illustration 7 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) wire is blue, and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

6.4.3 RFU Power Cables RFU power cables feed power into RFUs from power equipment. This section describes the specifications of RFU power cables in different cabinets. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


497


6 Power Cables

Exterior RFU power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the following figure. Figure 6-70 Exteriors of RFU power cables

(1) 3V3 connector

(2) EPC4 connector



Description The following table describes RFU power cables.



498


6 Power Cables

Table 6-55 RFU power cables Cable Exterior

Cabinet Type

Power Equipment

Illustration 1


DCDU-12C in the RF compartment of the cabinet

BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet


RFC (Ver.D)




BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet



DCDU-12C in the RF compartment of the cabinet



RFC (Ver.D)


l BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet


Illustration 2a

Illustration 3

l RFC (Ver.B) l BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet l BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet

Illustration 4


l RFC (Ver.C) l BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet a: The connectors at both ends of the cable in illustration 1 are the same as those in illustration 2, but the color of the cable in illustration 1 is different from that in illustration 2. l Illustration 1 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are black. l Illustration 2 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) wire is blue, and the NEG(-) wire is gray.

6.4.4 RRU Power Cables RRU power cables feed power into RRUs. This section describes the specifications of RRU power cables when different power devices are used.

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of RRU power cables. Cable connectors at RRU sides vary depending on RRU models. For details about cable connectors, see the related RRU installation guide.



499


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-71 Exteriors of RRU power cables

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type) (2) EPC4 connector (3) EPC5 connector (4) OT terminal (M4)

NOTE

l The colors of RRU power cables vary depending on regions. l In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black, and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure. l In other regions, the RTN(+) wire is brown, and the NEG(-) wire is gray. l The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.



500


6 Power Cables

Type RRU power cables vary depending on power devices. The following table describes different types of RRU power cables. Table 6-56 Types of RRU power cables Exterior of an RRU Power Cable

Cabinet Type

Power Device


Illustration 1

TMC11H (Ver.C)

DCDU-11B

APM30H (Ver.B)

EPS 01A/01C and EPS 01B/01D

APM30H (Ver.C)

EPU03A-02/04 and EPU03A-03/05

TMC11H (Ver.D)

DCDU-12B providing LOAD6 to LOAD9 ports

OMB (Ver.C)

PDU10D-01 providing LOAD6 to LOAD9 ports

The specifications of RRU power cables vary depending on RRU models. For details about the specifications of RRU power cables, see the RRU hardware description and RRU installation guide.

APM30H (Ver.D)


TMC11H (Ver.D)

PDU10D-01 providing LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports

OMB (Ver.C)

DCDU-12B providing LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports

APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 providing RRU0 to RRU5 ports

TMC11H (Ver.B)

DCDU-03B

Illustration 2

Illustration 3

Illustration 4

6.4.5 SOU Power Cable The power cable for a service outlet unit (SOU) feeds AC power into the SOU from the AC OUTPUT port on the EPU or EPS.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an SOU power cable. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


501


6 Power Cables

NOTE


Figure 6-72 Exterior of an SOU power cable

(1) C13 connector


Description The following table describes an SOU power cable. Table 6-57 Cable description Wire

Color

Label


W1

Brown

L

2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

W2

Green and yellow

PE

W3

Blue

N

6.4.6 SPD Power Cable A power cable for a surge protective device (SPD) feeds AC power into the AC surge protection box in an OMB (Ver.C).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an SPD power cable.



502


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-73 Exterior of an SPD power cable

(1) Cord end terminal (2) OT terminal (M4) for connecting to a cable with a cross-sectional area of 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box A power cable for an AC surge protection box feeds external AC power into an OMB. An OBM can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 110 V AC dual-live-wire power. The maximum length of a power cable for an AC surge protection box is 6 m (19.69 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box. NOTE


Figure 6-74 Exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box

Description The following table describes a power cable for the AC surge protection box.



503


6 Power Cables

Table 6-58 Cable description Cable

Wire

Wire Color

220 V AC single-phase power cable

L wire

Brown

N wire

Blue

PE wire

Green and yellow

L1 wire

Brown

L2 wire

Blue

PE wire

Green and yellow

110 V AC dual-live-wire

6.4.8 GATM Power Cable A GATM power cable feeds power into a GATM. This section describes the specifications of GATM power cables in different cabinets.

Exterior The exteriors of GATM power cables vary depending on cabinets and power devices. The following figure shows the exteriors of GATM power cables.



504


6 Power Cables

Figure 6-75 Exteriors of GATM power cables

(1) 3V3 connector


(2) EPC4 connector




505


6 Power Cables


-

-

-

Description The following table describes GATM power cables. Table 6-59 GATM power cables Exterior of a GATM Power Cable

Cabinet Type

Power Device

Illustration 1

BTS3900(Ver.D), BTS3900L (Ver.D)


TMC11H (Ver.D)


APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02/04 in the APM30H cabinet, or DCDU-12A in the RFC cabinet



TMC11H (Ver.D)


APM30H (Ver.D)

EPU05A-02/04 in the APM30H cabinet, or DCDU-12A in the RFC cabinet

BTS3900(Ver.C), BTS3900L (Ver.C)


APM30H (Ver.B)

DCDU-01 in the RFC cabinet

Illustration 4

TMC11H (Ver.B)


Illustration 4

BTS3900(Ver.C), BTS3900L (Ver.C)


TMC11H (Ver.C)


APM30H (Ver.C)

DCDU-11A in the RFC cabinet

Illustration 2a

Illustration 3

a: The connectors at both ends of the cable in illustration 1 are the same as those in illustration 2, but the color of the cable in illustration 1 is different from that in illustration 2. l Illustration 1 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are black. l Illustration 2 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) wire is blue, and the NEG(-) wire is gray.



506


6 Power Cables

6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable The ODM06D power cable feeds power from power equipment into an ODM06D.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D power cable. Figure 6-76 Exterior of an ODM06D power cable

(1) OT terminal


Description An ODM06D power cable consists of two wires. The following table describes an ODM06D power cable. Table 6-60 ODM06D power cable Wire

Wire Color

RTN(+) wire

Brown

NEG(-) wire

Blue



507


7 Transmission Cables

7

Transmission Cables

About This Chapter This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a cabinet. 7.1 E1/T1 Cable An E1/T1 cable transmits baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission equipment. The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft). 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the main control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900Cs or OMBs configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long. 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable An FE/GE fiber optic cable transmits optical signals between the BBU3900 and the transmission equipment. The maximum length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 20 m (65.62 ft). 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect the FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes. 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode. 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet cable is 50 m (164.04 ft). 7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the main control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and battery cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28 ft) long.



508



FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB(Ver.C) configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long.



509



7.1 E1/T1 Cable An E1/T1 cable transmits baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission equipment. The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).

Exterior E1/T1 cables are classified into 75-ohm E1 coaxial cables, 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cables, and 100-ohm T1 twisted pair cables. The E1/T1 cable has a DB26 male connector at one end. You need to add a connector to the other end of the cable onsite. The following figure shows the exterior of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable as an example. Figure 7-1 Exterior of an E1/T1 cable

(1) DB26 male connector

The following table lists the types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable. Table 7-1 Types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable Cable

Connector at One End

Connector at the Other End

75-ohm E1 coaxial cable

DB26 male connector

L9 male connector L9 female connector SMB female connector BNC male connector SMZ male connector SMZ female connector

Description Table 7-2, Table 7-3, and Table 7-4 describe the three types of E1/T1 cables. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


510



Table 7-2 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable X1 End

Wire Type(1)

Coaxial No.

Description(2)

X1.1

Tip

1

RX1+

RX0+

X1.2

Ring

RX1-

RX0-

X1.3

Tip

RX2+

RX1+

X1.4

Ring

RX2-

RX1-

X1.5

Tip

RX3+

RX2+

X1.6

Ring

RX3-

RX2-

X1.7

Tip

RX4+

RX3+

X1.8

Ring

RX4-

RX3-

X1.19

Tip

TX1+

TX0+

X1.20

Ring

TX1-

TX0-

X1.21

Tip

TX2+

TX1+

X1.22

Ring

TX2-

TX1-

X1.23

Tip

TX3+

TX2+

X1.24

Ring

TX3-

TX2-

X1.25

Tip

TX4+

TX3+

X1.26

Ring

TX4-

TX3-

3

5

7

2

4

6

8

NOTE

(1) "Tip" refers to the wire in an E1 coaxial cable. "Ring" refers to the external conductor of an E1 coaxial cable. (2) The number could start from 1 or 0.

Table 7-3 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cable X1 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

X.1

Blue

Twisted pair

RX1+

X.2

White

X.3

Orange

X.4

White

X.5

Green

X.6

White


RX1Twisted pair

RX2+ RX2-

Twisted pair


RX3+ RX3511



X1 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

X.7

Brown

Twisted pair

RX4+

X.8

White

X.19

Gray

X.20

White

X.21

Blue

X.22

Red

X.23

Orange

X.24

Red

X.25

Green

X.26

Red

RX4Twisted pair

TX1+ TX1-

Twisted pair

TX2+ TX2-

Twisted pair

TX3+ TX3-

Twisted pair

TX4+ TX4-

Table 7-4 100-ohm T1 twisted pair cable X1 End

Color

Wire Type

Description

X.1

Blue and white

Twisted pair

RX1+

X.2

White and blue

X.3

Orange and white

X.4

White and orange

X.5

Green and white

X.6

White and green

X.7

Brown and white

X.8

White and brown

X.19

Gray and white

X.20

White and gray

X.21

Blue and red

X.22

Red and blue

X.23

Orange and red

X.24

Red and orange

X.25

Green and red

X.26

Red and green


RX1Twisted pair

RX2+ RX2-

Twisted pair

RX3+ RX3-

Twisted pair

RX4+ RX4-

Twisted pair

TX1+ TX1-

Twisted pair

TX2+ TX2-

Twisted pair

TX3+ TX3-

Twisted pair


TX4+ TX4-

512



7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the main control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900Cs or OMBs configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable. Figure 7-2 Exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable



Description The following table describes an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable. Table 7-5 E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable X1 End

X2 End

Wire Type

X1.20

X2.2

Twisted pair

X1.19

X2.3

X1.4

X2.4

X1.3

X2.5

X1.22

X2.6

X1.21

X2.7

X1.6

X2.8

X1.5

X2.9

X1.24

X2.10



Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair 513



X1 End

X2 End

X1.23

X2.11

X1.8

X2.12

X1.7

X2.13

X1.1

X2.14

X1.2

X2.15

X1.25

X2.24

X1.26

X2.25

Wire Type

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable An FE/GE fiber optic cable transmits optical signals between the BBU3900 and the transmission equipment. The maximum length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).

Exterior An FE/GE fiber optic cable has an LC connector at one end and an FC, SC, or LC connector at the other end, as shown in Figure 7-3, Figure 7-4, and Figure 7-5. Figure 7-3 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with FC and LC connectors)

Figure 7-4 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with SC and LC connectors)

Figure 7-5 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with LC connectors)



514



NOTICE An FE/GE fiber optic cable must be connected to the BBU3900 and transmission equipment according to the following requirements: l

The TX port on the BBU3900 must be connected to the RX port on the transmission equipment.

l

The RX port on the BBU3900 must be connected to the TX port on the transmission equipment.

7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect the FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical ports. Figure 7-6 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical ports

(1) RJ45 connector

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical ports.



515



Figure 7-7 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical ports

(1) LC connector

7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).

Exterior An FE/GE Ethernet cable is a shielded straight-through cable, as shown in the following figure. Figure 7-8 Exterior of an FE/GE Ethernet cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FE/GE Ethernet cable. Table 7-6 FE/GE Ethernet cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.1

X2.1

White and orange

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.4

X2.4

Blue



Twisted pair

Twisted pair 516



X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.5

X2.5

White and blue

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

X1.7

X2.7

White and brown

Twisted pair

7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the main control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and battery cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28 ft) long. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB(Ver.C) configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable. Figure 7-9 Exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable. Table 7-7 FE/GE surge protection transfer cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.1

X2.1

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue



Twisted pair

Twisted pair 517



X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

X1.7

X2.7

White



Wire Type

Twisted pair

518


8 Signal Cables

8

Signal Cables

About This Chapter This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in BTS3900A cabinets. 8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices. 8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices. 8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices. 8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.



519


8 Signal Cables

8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices.

8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and CCU. It transmits the RS485 signals collected by the PMU to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.

Exterior The PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable is black. Its exterior is shown in the following figure. Figure 8-1 Exterior of the PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-1 PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown



Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

520


8 Signal Cables

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable The PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and the CMUEA in the FAN 02D. It transmits the RS485 signals collected by the PMU to the BBU through the CMUEA. This monitoring signal cable is 1.1 m (3.61 ft) long.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-2 Exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable. Table 8-2 PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

X1.3

X2.3

X1.6

X2.6

X1.4

X2.4

X1.5

X2.5

X1.7

X2.7

X1.8

X2.8

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms from the PMU 01B in the BTS3900 cabinet to the BBU. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


521


8 Signal Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-3 Exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-3 PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms collected by the PMU 11A in the BTS3900 cabinet or IMS06 to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


522


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-4 Exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-4 PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable A PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring signals collected by the PMU 11A to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable.



523


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-5 Exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable. Table 8-5 PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.6 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A A surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A transmits surge protection dry contact alarm signals of the DCDU-13A to the CMUEA. The maximum length of a surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A is 0.8 m (31.50 in.). Both ends of a surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A are bare wires, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-6 Surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A



524


8 Signal Cables

8.1.7 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B The monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B is used in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. The cable transmits the surge protection alarm information of the DCDU-03B to the HEUA.

Appearance The monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B is a pair of bare wires. Figure 8-7 shows the bare wires. Figure 8-7 Monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B

8.1.8 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D) and receive related alarms.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable in a BTS3900. Figure 8-8 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector


(2) PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable


525


8 Signal Cables

The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable in a DBS3900. Figure 8-9 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable

Description The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable. Table 8-6 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable X1 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.2

Blue

Twisted pair

X1.1

White

X1.6

Orange

X1.3

White

X1.4

Green

X1.5

White

X1.8

Brown

X1.7

White

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable.



526


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-10 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable. Table 8-7 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices.

8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable An PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information of the PMU in the OMB to the HEUA.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


527


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-11 Exterior of an PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable. Table 8-8 PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the APMI in the power cabinet and the BBU. The cable transmits environment monitoring signals of the cabinet to the BBU.

Exterior An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable has an RJ45 connector at one end and four bare wires at the other end. The following figure shows the exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable.



528


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-12 Exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable

Description The following table describes an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-9 APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

Color

X2, X3, X4, or X5 End

Wire Type

Port to Which the Wire Is Connected

X1.1

White

X2

Twisted pair

TX+

X1.2

Orange

X3

X1.4

Blue

X4

X1.5

White

X5

TXTwisted pair

RX+ RX-

8.2.3 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs Cascaded CCUs are connected by signal cables. The lower-level CCU can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs. Figure 8-13 Exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs

(1) RJ45 connector



529


8 Signal Cables

Description The following table describes a signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs. Table 8-10 Signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.4 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CCU and the BBU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CCU to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-14 Exterior of the CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable.



530


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-11 CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.5 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs Cascaded CMUAs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUEA can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUA.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs. Figure 8-15 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs. Table 8-12 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair



531


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs Cascaded CMUEs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUE can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUE.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs. Figure 8-16 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs. Table 8-13 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White



Twisted pair 532


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs CMUEAs are cascaded by monitoring signal cables. The lower-level CMUEA can communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUEA.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs. Figure 8-17 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs. Table 8-14 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green



Twisted pair

533


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.4

X2.4

White

Twisted pair

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

8.2.8 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s Cascaded HAU01A-01s are connected by signal cables. The lower-level HAU01A-01 can communicate with the CCU through the upper-level HAU01A-01.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s. Figure 8-18 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s. Table 8-15 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue



Twisted pair

Twisted pair

534


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.7

X2.7

White

Twisted pair

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

8.2.9 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the HEUB to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-19 Exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-16 HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown



Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

535


8 Signal Cables

8.2.10 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the HEUA to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-20 Exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-17 HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.11 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and CCU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


536


8 Signal Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-21 Exterior of the CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-18 CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.12 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUF and CCU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CMUF to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable whose color is black. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


537


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-22 Exterior of the CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-19 CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.13 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and the BBU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.



538


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-23 Exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-20 CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.14 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable An HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU and the CCU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the HAU to the CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable.



539


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-24 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable. Table 8-21 HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.15 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable.



540


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-25 Exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-22 FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.16 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable reports monitoring alarms from the FMUE to the BBU and is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN 03B.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable.



541


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-26 Exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-23 FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.17 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable An FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN 03C.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.



542


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-27 Exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-24 FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.18 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Battery Cabinet A monitoring signal cable for the battery cabinet reports the monitoring signals to the PMU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the battery cabinet.



543


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-28 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the battery cabinet

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable for the battery cabinet. Table 8-25 Monitoring signal cable for the battery cabinet X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.2.19 BBU Alarm Cable A BBU alarm cable transmits alarm signals from an external monitoring device to the BBU. The maximum length of a BBU alarm cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU alarm cable.



544


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-29 Exterior of a BBU alarm cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a BBU alarm cable. Table 8-26 BBU alarm cable Alarm Port on the BBU

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

Remarks

EXTALM1

X1.1

X2.1

White and orange

Twisted pair

Boolean input 4+

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White and blue

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White and brown

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

X1.1

X2.1

White and orange

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White and blue

EXTALM0


Boolean input 4- (GND) Twisted pair

Boolean input 5+ Boolean input 5- (GND)

Twisted pair


Twisted pair


Twisted pair


Twisted pair


Twisted pair


Boolean input 2+

545


Alarm Port on the BBU

8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White and brown

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Wire Type

Remarks

Boolean input 2- (GND) Twisted pair


8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices.

8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies A monitoring signal cable is used for cascading fan assemblies in different cabinets.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies. Figure 8-30 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

(1) RJ45 connector

Cable Type The following table describes the types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan assemblies.



546


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-27 Types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan assemblies Cabinet

Installation Position at One End

Installation Position at the Other End

APM30H (Ver.B)/TMC11H (Ver.B) and RFC (Ver.B)

FAN 02A

FAN 01A

RFC (Ver.B) and RFC (Ver.B)

FAN 01A

FAN 01A

APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.C) and RFC (Ver.C)

FAN 02B

FAN 01B

RFC (Ver.C) and RFC (Ver.C)

FAN 01B

FAN 01B

APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.D) and RFC (Ver.D)

FAN 02D

FAN 01C

RFC (Ver.D) and RFC (Ver.D)

FAN 01C

FAN 01C

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) and BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

FAN 01C

FAN 01C

IBC10 and IBC10

FAU03D-02

FAU03D-02

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies. Table 8-28 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

White

X1.5

X2.5

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable An FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable connects the FAU03D-01 and the CCU. It transmits the monitoring signals collected by the FAU03D-01 to the CCU.



547


8 Signal Cables

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable. Figure 8-31 Exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable. Table 8-29 FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable The monitoring signal cable for the FAU03D-02 is used for the BBU to monitor the running status of FAU03D-02.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable.



548


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-32 Exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable. Table 8-30 FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs interconnects two FANs.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs.



549


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-33 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs. Table 8-31 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable An HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAU01D-01, and feeds power in to the FAU01D-01.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable.



550


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-34 Exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable

(1) 4-pin connector

8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units interconnects two FAN 03B units.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units. Figure 8-35 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units. Table 8-32 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue



Twisted pair

Twisted pair

551


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.7

X2.7

White

Twisted pair

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units interconnects two FAN 03C units.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units. Figure 8-36 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units. Table 8-33 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units X1 End

X2 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown



Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

552


8 Signal Cables

8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly The monitoring signal cable for the fan assembly transmits the temperature information in an OMB to the HEUA.

Exterior l

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan. Figure 8-37 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan

(1) 4-pin connector

l

(2) 5-pin connector

Monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan. Figure 8-38 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan

(1) Round waterproof connector

(2) 4-pin connector

8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for the Temperature Sensor A monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor in an RFC, OMB, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, BTS3900AL, IMS06, APM30 (Ver.D_A1), RFC (Ver.D_A) or IBC10 cabinet reports the temperature information to the monitoring board. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


553


8 Signal Cables

Exterior Figure 8-39, Figure 8-40 and Figure 8-41 show exteriors of monitoring signal cables for the temperature sensor. Figure 8-39 Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor (one)

(1) Temperature sensor

(2) 4-pin connector

Figure 8-40 Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor (two)

(1) 4-pin connector

(2) 5-pin connector

Figure 8-41 Monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor (three)

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) 5-pin connector

Monitoring Boards The following table lists monitoring boards to which the temperature information is reported.



554


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-34 Types of monitoring boards Cabinet

Monitoring Board

Exterior

RFC (Ver.B)

CMUA in the FAN 01A

Figure 8-39 shows the exterior.

RFC (Ver.C)

CMUE in the FAN 01B

RFC (Ver.D)

CMUEA in the FAN 01C


CMUA on the front door of the IBBS200D or IBBS200T

IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C)

CMUE on the front door of the IBBS200D or IBBS200T

IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D)

CMUEA on the front door of the IBBS200D or IBBS200T

OMB (Ver.C)

HEUB

BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

CMUF

IMS06

PMU 11A in the EPU05A-02

Battery subrack in the BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

CMUEA in the FAN 01C

APM30 (Ver.D_A1)

CMUEA

RFC (Ver.D_A)

CMUEA

IBC10

PMU 11A in the EPU05A-02



8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable A HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable transmits the signals collected by the HAU01A-01 to the upper-level monitoring board.

Exterior The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CMUEA or CMUF and it has bare wires at both ends, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-42 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (1)



555


8 Signal Cables

When the cabinet is used with BTS3900AL (Ver.A) or TP48600A-H17B1, the CCU is required. The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CCU and it has an RJ45 connector at each end, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-43 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (2)

(1) RJ45 connectors

Description The following table describes the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable with an RJ45 connector at each end. Table 8-35 HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.6

X2.6

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

The upper-level monitoring board of the HAU01A-01 varies with the cabinet type, as described in the following table. Table 8-36 Upper-level monitoring boards of the HAU01A-01 Base Station

Cabinet

Upper-level Monitoring Board of the HAU01A-01

BTS3900A(Ver.B)

IBBS700D

CMUEA



556


8 Signal Cables

Base Station

Cabinet

Upper-level Monitoring Board of the HAU01A-01

DBS3900 of which the BBU is installed in an APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet

IBBS700T

CMUF

BTS3900AL(Ver.A)

IBBS700D

CCU

IBBS700T

8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan in the Front Door A monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in the front door feeds power into the fan in the front door of the APM30H or TMC11H. It also transmits fan monitoring signals to a monitoring board in the cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in the front doors. Figure 8-44 Exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in the front doors

(1) 4-pin connector

(2) Interconnection terminal

Cable Type The following table lists the types of monitoring boards to which the monitoring signals are reported. Monitoring signal cables vary according to the boards. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


557


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-37 Cable type Cable

Cabinet

Monitoring Board to Which the Monitoring Signals Are Reported

Exterior


APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B)

CMUA

APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C)

CMUE

The exterior is shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D)

CMUEA

The exterior is shown by illustration 2 in the following figure.

Description The following table describes a monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in the front door. Table 8-38 Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan in the front door Wire

X1 End

X2 End

Color

W1

X1.1

X2.1

Black

W2

X1.2

X2.2

Black

W3

X1.3

X2.3

Black

W4

X1.4

X2.4

Black

8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger The monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger feeds power to the fan on the front door of the BTS3012 AE (Ver.D_Z) and transmits fan monitoring signals to the central monitoring unit type EA (CMUEA).

Exterior Figure 8-45 shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger.



558


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-45 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger


(2) RJ45 connector

Description Table 8-39 describes the pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger. Table 8-39 Pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger X1 End

X2/X3 End

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

Blue

Twisted pair

White

Twisted pair

Orange

Twisted pair

X3.1 X1.2

X2.2 X3.2

X1.3

X2.4 X3.4

X1.4

X2.5 X3.5

8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2 When a site is configured with an IBBS2.2, a TEC alarm transfer cable is used to connect the alarm port on the BBU with the TEC alarm cable.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2.



559


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-46 Exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2

(1) RJ45 connector

(2) 4-pin interconnection terminal

Description The following table describes the TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2. Table 8-40 TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2 RJ45 Connector

4-Pin Interconnection Terminal

Color

Type

X1.1

X2.2

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.3

Green

X1.3

X3.3

White

X1.6

X3.6

Green

Twisted pair

8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring devices, and temperature control devices.

8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status Sensor A monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor is used to inform the monitoring board of the door status that is obtained from the door status sensor. Cabinets configured with door status sensors are as follows: APM30H, TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, BTS3900AL, OMB, OMB (Ver.C), IBBS700D and IBBS700T.

Exterior Monitoring signal cables for door status sensors are classified into three types according to the cabinets being monitored. Figure 8-47, Figure 8-48, and Figure 8-49 show their exteriors. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


560


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-47 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor (1)


NOTE

l Cable 1 has a 2-pin straight socket at one end, which is connected to the HPMI. Cable 1 has a bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a cable terminal block, respectively. l Cable 2 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to a door status sensor. Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at the other end, which is connected to a cable terminal block. l Cable 3 has a cord end terminal at each end. The two cord end terminals are connected to the two ports on one side of the cable terminal block.



561


8 Signal Cables


NOTE

l Cable 1 has a 2-pin straight socket at one end, which is connected to the GATE port on the PMU. Cable 1 has a bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a cable terminal block, respectively. l Cable 2 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to a door status sensor. Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at the other end, which is connected to a cable terminal block. l Cable 3 has a cord end terminal at each end. The two cord end terminals are connected to the two ports on one side of the cable terminal block.

Description In different cabinets, the monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor is connected to different monitoring boards. The following table lists monitoring boards that collect door status information in different cabinets.



562


8 Signal Cables

Table 8-41 Types of monitoring signal cables for door status sensors Cabinet

Monitoring Board

Exterior

l RFC (Ver.B)

CMUA


l TMC11H (Ver.B) l IBBS200D (Ver.B) and IBBS200T (Ver.B) l RFC (Ver.C)

CMUE

l TMC11H (Ver.C) l IBBS200D (Ver.C) and IBBS200T (Ver.C) l RFC (Ver.D)

CMUEA

l TMC11H (Ver.D) l IBBS200D (Ver.D) and IBBS200T (Ver.D) l IBBS700D (configured together with the APM30H(Ver.D)) IBBS700T (configured together with the APM30H(Ver.D))

CMUF

OMB

HEUA

OMB (Ver.C)

HEUB

l BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

CCU

l IBBS700D and IBBS700T (configured together with the BTS3900AL) APM30H (Ver.B) and APM30H (Ver.C)

HPMI


APM30H (Ver.D)

PMU 11A


8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable An electronic label unit (ELU) signal cable transmits the cabinet type to a monitoring board in the cabinet.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ELU signal cable.



563


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-50 Exterior of an ELU signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an ELU signal cable. Table 8-42 ELU signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

In different cabinets, the ELU signal cable is connected to different monitoring boards. The following table lists monitoring boards that collect ELU in different cabinets. Table 8-43 Monitoring boards to which an ELU reports information Cabinet

Monitoring Board

BTS3900 (Ver.B) and BTS3900L (Ver.B)

FMUC

BTS3900 (Ver.C) and BTS3900L (Ver.C)

FMUE

BTS3900 (Ver.D), BTS3900L (Ver.D) and IBC10

FMUEA

APM30H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.B), and IBBS200T (Ver.B)

CMUA



564


8 Signal Cables

Cabinet

Monitoring Board

APM30H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.C), and IBBS200T (Ver.C)

CMUE

APM30H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D), and IBBS700D (configured together with the APM30H(Ver.D))

CMUEA

IBBS700T (configured together with the APM30H(Ver.D))

CMUF

OMB (Ver.C)

HEUB

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) and IBBS700D/IBBS700T (configured together with the BTS3900AL)

CCU

8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and Temperature Sensor A monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor reports the IBBS door control alarm signals and temperature alarm signals to the base station.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor. Figure 8-51 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor

(1) 4-pin connector


(2) 2-pin connector



565


8 Signal Cables

Description The following table describes the monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor. Table 8-44 Monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor One End of the Wire

The Other End of the Wire

Color

Type

Label

X1.3

X7

White

Twisted pair

TEC Alarm-

X1.2

X8

Blue

X2.1

X9

White

X2.2

X10

Orange

X3

X11

White

X4

X12

Brown

X5

X13

White

X6

X14

Green

TEC Alarm+ Twisted pair

BAT_TEMP Alarm+ BAT_TEMP Alarm-

Twisted pair

SMOKE Alarm + SMOKE Alarm-

Twisted pair

DOOR Alarm DOOR Alarm

8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable An EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable transmits signals monitored by the EMUA/EMUB to the BBU. The cables are delivered with EMUA/EMUBs.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable.



566


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-52 Exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector


Description The following table describes an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable. Table 8-45 EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

Port to Which the Monitoring Signals Are Reported

X1.1

X2.3

White

Twisted pair

TX+

X1.2

X2.7

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White

X1.4

X2.2

Blue

TXTwisted pair

RXRX+

8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable An EMU monitoring signal cable transmits monitoring signals from an EMU to a BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable.



567


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-53 Exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector


Description The following table describes an EMU monitoring signal cable. Table 8-46 EMU monitoring signal cable Pin on the RJ45 Connector

Pin on the DB9 Male Connector

Color

Type

Label

X1.1

X2.3

White

Twisted pair

TX+

X1.2

X2.7

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White

X1.4

X2.2

Blue

TXTwisted pair

RXRX+

8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module A monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module connects the AC surge protection module in the PDU to the CCU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module.



568


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-54 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module

(1) 2-pin terminal block


8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box An alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box is used in an OMB. The cable transmits the surge protection alarm information for the AC input power to the HEUA.

Exterior The monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection box consists of two wires without any connectors at both ends. The following figure shows the wires. Figure 8-55 Alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box

8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box transmits information about the AC surge protection box to the HEUB.

Exterior A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box consists of two wires without any connectors at both ends, as shown in the following figure. Figure 8-56 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box



569


8 Signal Cables

8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable An RRU AISG multi-wire cable connects an RRU and an RCU to transmit RS485 control signals from a base station to an RET antenna. The length of an AISG multi-wire cable is 5 m (16.4 ft). NOTE

An RCU is a driving motor used for the phase shifter in the RET antenna. It receives control commands from a base station and executes the commands to drive the stepper motor. The stepper motor uses a gear to drive the adjustable phase shifter in the antenna and change the downtilt angle.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG multi-wire cable. Figure 8-57 Exterior of an AISG Multi-wire cable

(1) Waterproof DB9 male connector

(2) Standard AISG female connector

Description The following table describes an AISG multi-wire cable. Table 8-47 Description of an AISG multi-wire cable X1 End (Pin of the Waterproof DB9 Male Connector)

X1.1

X2 End (Pin of the Standard AISG Female Connector)

X2.1

Color

White and blue Blue

Wire

Description

Twisted pair

+12 V

X1.3

X2.3

White and orange

X1.5

X2.5

Orange

X1.4

X2.4

White and green

-

GND

X1.9 and X1.4 are interconnected.

-

-

-

GND



Twisted pair

RS485 B RS485 A

570


8 Signal Cables

X1 End (Pin of the Waterproof DB9 Male Connector)


Color

Wire

Description

-


-

-

+12 V

-


-

-

GND

8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable When the distance between an RRU and an RCU is longer than 5 m (16.4 ft), an AISG multiwire cable is not long enough to connect the RRU and the RCU. In this case, an AISG extension cable is used to extend the AISG multi-wire cable for transmitting RS485 signals.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG extension cable. Figure 8-58 Exterior of AISG extension cable

(1) Standard AISG male connector

(2) Standard AISG female connector

Description The following table describes an AISG extension cable. Table 8-48 Description of an AISG Extension cable X1 End (Pin of the Standard AISG Male Connector)


Color

Wire

Description

X1.1

X2.1

White and blue

Twisted pair

+12 V

Blue Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


571


8 Signal Cables

X1 End (Pin of the Standard AISG Male Connector)


Color

Wire

Description

X1.7

X2.7

White and orange

Twisted pair

DC Return A

Twisted pair

RS485 B

Orange X1.3

X2.3

White and green

X1.5

X2.5

Green

X1.6

X2.6

White and brown

RS485 A Twisted pair

+24 V

Brown

8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable A GPS clock signal cable transmits GPS clock signals from the GPS antenna system to the BBU. The cable is used when GPS clock signals serve as the clock reference of the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS clock signal cable. Figure 8-59 Exterior of a GPS clock signal cable

(1) SMA male connector

(2) Type N female connector

8.4.12 GPS Jumper A GPS jumper connects the GPS surge protector to the GPS antenna. The maximum length of a GPS jumper is 100 m (328.08 ft).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS jumper. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


572


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-60 Exterior of a GPS jumper

(1) N50 straight male connector

8.4.13 Inter-BBU Signal Cables An inter-BBU signal cable connects BBU 0 and BBU 1 to forward information between the BBUs.

Cable Type BBU interconnection signal cables are classified into two types based on their functions, as listed in following table. Table 8-49 Cable type Cable

Function


BBU interconnection signal cable

Forwards control and synchronization information from one BBU to another

Interconnects the UMPT to the UCIU,

Forwards baseband information from one BBU to another

Interconnects two WBBPf boards

Exterior BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU l

When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.

l

When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 10 m (32.81 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 8-61 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU (1)

(1) DLC connector


(2) Breakout cable


573


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-62 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU (2)

(1) DLC connector

(2) Armored optical cable

(3) Breakout cable

BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs. l

When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used.

l

When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 5 m (16.40 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used.

Figure 8-63 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs

(1) SFP+ connector

BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs. l

When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used.

l

When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 5 m (16.40 ft) long BBU interconnection signal cable is used

Figure 8-64 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs

(1) QSFP connector



574


8 Signal Cables

8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations When a 3012 series base station and a 3900 series base station are installed side by side, the cable between two combined base stations is used to connect the UCIU in the 3900 series base station and the DCTB or DGLUb in the 3012 series base station.

Exterior There are two types of cables used for connecting two combined base stations. The following figure shows the cable connected to the DCTB in the 3012 series base station. Figure 8-65 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (1)


(1) MD36 male connector

The following figure shows the cable connected to the DGLUb in the 3012 series base station. Figure 8-66 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (2)


Description As shown in Figure 1, the cable has a DB15 male connector at one end and an MD36 male connector at the other end. The following table describes the cable. Table 8-50 Cable between two combined base stations (1) X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.6

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.7

Blue



575


8 Signal Cables

X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.3

X2.11

White

Twisted pair

X1.4

X2.12

Orange

X1.5

X2.2

White

X1.10

X2.3

Green

X1.6

X2.15

White

X1.11

X2.16

Brown

X1.12

X2.10

White

X1.15

X2.28

Gray

X1.shell

X2.shell

-

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Shield

As shown in Figure 2, the cable has a DB15 male connector at each end. The following table describes the cable. Table 8-51 Cable between two combined base stations (2) X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Blue

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.4

X2.4

Orange

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.10

X2.10

Green

X1.6

X2.6

White

X1.11

X2.11

Brown

X1.12

X2.12

White

X1.15

X2.15

Gray

X1.shell

X2.shell

-

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Shield

8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance An adapter used for local maintenance connects the USB(1) port on the UMPT to a commissioning Ethernet port during local maintenance. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


576


8 Signal Cables

NOTE


Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance. Figure 8-67 Exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance

(1) USB connector

(2) Ethernet connector

Description The following table describes an adapter used for local maintenance. Table 8-52 Adapter used for local maintenance Pin of the USB Connector

Pin of the Ethernet Connector

Color

Wire Type

X1.9

X2.1

Blue

Twisted pair

X1.8

X2.2

White

X1.6

X2.3

Orange

X1.5

X2.6

White

X1.Shell

X2.Shell

-

Twisted pair

Shield

8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A GATM monitoring signal cable transmits control signals from the BBU to the GATM. It also transmits monitoring signals from the GATM to the BBU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


577


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-68 Exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-53 GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable An CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the CMUA to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable.



578


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-69 Exterior of an CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-54 CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable An CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the CMUE to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.



579


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-70 Exterior of an CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes an CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-55 CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the CMUEA in FAN 03C. It transmits monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable.



580


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-71 Exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-56 CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.20 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUC in FAN. It transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUC to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable.



581


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-72 Exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-57 FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.21 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable A FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUE in FAN 03B. It transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUE to the GATM.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.



582


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-73 Exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable

(1) RJ45 connector

Description The following table describes a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable. Table 8-58 FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable X1 End

X2 End

Color

Wire Type

X1.1

X2.1

White

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.5

X2.5

White

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

8.4.22 RET Control Signal Cable The RET control signal cable is used to connect the GATM and the Bias-Tee, enabling the GATM to supply power to the TMA and to control the RET antenna.

Exterior Figure 8-74 shows the exterior of a RET control signal cable.



583


8 Signal Cables

Figure 8-74 Exterior of a RET control signal cable

(1) SMA elbow male connector

(2) SMA straight male connector

8.4.23 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable An ODM06D surge protection alarm cable transmits information about the surge protection box in an ODM06D to a central monitoring unit type EA (CMUEA).

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable. Figure 8-75 Exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable

(1) RJ45 connector



584


9 CPRI Cables

9

CPRI Cables

About This Chapter This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables. 9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable A CPRI electrical cable is an SFP high-speed cable. It transmits signals between the BBU3900 and an RFU. 9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber optic cables. They transmit CPRI signals.



585


9 CPRI Cables

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable A CPRI electrical cable is an SFP high-speed cable. It transmits signals between the BBU3900 and an RFU.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of a CPRI electrical cable. Figure 9-1 Exterior of a CPRI electrical cable

9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber optic cables. They transmit CPRI signals. A multimode fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an RRU or connects two RRUs. The maximum length of a multimode fiber optic cable connecting a BBU to an RRU is 150 m (492.13 ft). The length of a multimode fiber optic cable connecting two RRUs must be 10 m (32.81 ft) A single-mode fiber optic cable consists of the single-mode pigtail and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable, and the single-mode pigtail and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable are interconnected by using an optical distribution frame (ODF). The maximum of the single-mode pigtail on the BBU side is 20 m (65.62 ft). The maximum of the single-mode pigtail on the RRU side is 70 m (229.66 ft). NOTE

l The ODF is an outdoor transfer box for fiber optic cables, which interconnects the single-mode pigtail and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable. l The ODF and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable are provided by the customer and must comply with the ITU-T G.652 standard. l A multimode fiber optic cable and a single-mode fiber optic cable are connected to a multimode optical module and a single-mode optical module, respectively.

Exterior Multimode fiber optic cable: The multimode fiber optic cable has a DLC connector at each end, as shown in the following figure.



586


9 CPRI Cables

Figure 9-2 Exterior of a multimode fiber optic cable

(1) DLC connector

(2) Breakout cable

(3) Label on the breakout cable

NOTE

l When a multimode fiber optic cable connects a BBU and an RRU, the breakout cable on the BBU side is 0.34 m (1.12 ft) and the breakout cable on the RRU side is 0.03 m (0.098 ft). l When a multimode fiber optic cable connects two RRUs, the breakout cables on both sides are 0.03 m (0.098 ft).

The following figure shows the connection of the multimode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU. Figure 9-3 Connection of the multimode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU

(1) Multimode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU

Trunk fiber optic cable for an OFD06: The OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an OFD06 and has 12 LC connectors at each end, as shown in the following figure.



587


9 CPRI Cables

Figure 9-4 OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable

(1) LC connector

(2) Breakout cable

(3) Label on the breakout cable

Single-mode pigtail: The single-mode pigtail has a DLC connector at one end and an FC, LC, or SC connector at the other end, as shown in the following figure. Figure 9-5 Exterior of a single-mode pigtail

(1) DLC connector (2) Breakout cable


(3) Label on the (4) FC connector (5) LC connector (6) SC connector breakout cable


588


9 CPRI Cables

NOTE

l When a single-mode pigtail connects a BBU and an ODF, the breakout cables on the BBU side and ODF side are 0.34 m (1.12 ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively. l When a single-mode pigtail connects an RRU and an ODF, the breakout cables on the RRU side and ODF side are 0.03 m (0.098 ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively.

The following figure shows the connection of the single-mode pigtail. Figure 9-6 Connection of the single-mode pigtail

(1) Single-mode pigtail between a BBU and an ODF (2) Single-mode pigtail between an RRU and an ODF

Selection Principles The following table describes the principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables. Table 9-1 Principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables Remote Distance

Selection Principle

Remarks

≤ 100 m (328.08 ft)

Multimode fiber optic cable

Connects a BBU and an RRU.

100 m (328.08 ft) < Remote distance ≤ 150 m (492.13 ft)

Multimode fiber optic cable

Connects a BBU and an RRU.

Recommended: single-mode fiber optic cable (single-mode pigtail and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable)

The single-mode pigtail at the RRU or BBU side is connected to the trunk single-mode fiber optic cable by using an ODF.

> 150 m (492.13 ft)

Single-mode fiber optic cable (single-mode pigtail and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable)


When it connects two RRUs, the distance between the two RRUs must be less than or equal to 10 m (32.81 ft).


589


9 CPRI Cables

Pin Assignment The following table describes the labels on and recommended connections for the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable. Table 9-2 Labels on and recommended connections for the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable Label on the Breakout Cable

Installation Position Multimode Fiber Optic Cable Between a BBU/ OFD06 and an RRU

Multimode Fiber Optic Cable Between Two RRUs

Single-mode Pigtail (Transited by an ODF)

1A

CPRI RX port on the RRU

CPRI RX port on RRU 1

RX port on the BBU or CPRI RX port on the RRU

1B

CPRI TX port on the RRU

CPRI TX port on RRU 1

TX port on the BBU or CPRI TX port on the RRU

2A

TX port on the BBU or OFD06

CPRI TX port on RRU 0

ODF

2B

RX port on the BBU or OFD06

CPRI RX port on RRU 0

ODF



590


10 RF Cables

10

RF Cables

About This Chapter This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables. 10.1 RF Jumpers RF jumpers are classified into RFU RF jumpers and RRU RF jumpers. RF jumpers connect RFUs or RRUs to the antenna system, and transmit signals between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m (6.56 ft), 3 m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Unfixed-length RF jumpers can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most. 10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the diversity signal.



591


10 RF Cables

10.1 RF Jumpers RF jumpers are classified into RFU RF jumpers and RRU RF jumpers. RF jumpers connect RFUs or RRUs to the antenna system, and transmit signals between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m (6.56 ft), 3 m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Unfixed-length RF jumpers can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most.

RRU RF Jumper The following figure shows the exterior of an RRU RF jumper. Figure 10-1 Exterior of an RRU RF jumper

(1) DIN straight male connector

RFU RF Jumper The following figure shows the exterior of an RFU RF jumper. Figure 10-2 Exterior of an RFU RF jumper

(1) DIN straight male connector

(2) DIN elbow male connector

The following table lists the RF cable connections for RFUs. Issue Draft C (2014-03-26)


592


10 RF Cables

Table 10-1 Cable description Exterior of the Cable

Cabinet Type

Application Scenario

Illustration 1

BTS3900 or BTS3900L

-

BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

The GATM and Bias-Tee are not configured.

BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

The GATM and Bias-Tee are configured.

Illustration 2

10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the diversity signal.

Exterior The following figure shows the exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable. Figure 10-3 Exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable

(1) QMA elbow male connector



593

3900 Series Base Station Cables(V100R009C00_Draft C)(PDF)-En

Recommend Documents